Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
MANUAL
REVISION 0
Prepared by
CANON INC.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/GP605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
INTRODUCTION
This Service Manual contains basic data and figures on the GP605/605V needed to
service the machine in the field. The copier is a multifunction machine designed to provide
printer functions as an option.
This Service Manual consists of the following chapters; refer to the Copier Basic
Series as necessary for common technologies:
CHAPTER 2 Basic Operation provides outlines of the steps used to generate copies.
CHAPTER 3 Exposure System discusses the principles of operation used for the
mechanical/electrical operations of the copier’s exposure system. It also explains the
timing at which the various units involved are operated, and shows how they may be
disassembled/assembled and adjusted.
CHAPTER 4 Image Processing System discusses the principles of operation used for
the mechanical/electrical operations of the copier’s image processing system. It also
explains the timing at which the various units involved are operated, and shows how they
may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.
CHAPTER 5 Laser Exposure System discusses the principles of operation used for
the mechanical/electrical operations of the copier’s laser exposure system. It also
explains the timing at which the various units involved are operated, and shows how they
may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.
CHAPTER 6 Image Formation System discusses the principles of how images are
formed. It also explains the timing at which the various units involved in image formation
are operated, and shows how they may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.
CHAPTER 7 Pick-Up/Feeding System discusses the principles of how the printer unit
picks up and moves paper inside it. It also explains the timing at which the various units
involved are operated, and shows how they may be disassembled/assembled and
adjusted.
CHAPTER 8 Fixing System discusses the principles of how the printer unit fuses toner
images to paper. It also explains the timing at which the various units involved are
operated, and shows how they may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.
CHAPTER 10 Side Paper Deck discusses the principles of operation used for the
series of operations between pickup and delivery performed by the paper deck. It also
explains the timing at which the various units involved are operated, and shows how they
may be disassembled/assembled and adjusted.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) i
CHAPTER 12 Maintenance and Servicing provides tables of periodically replaced
parts and consumables/durables and scheduled servicing charts.
The descriptions in this Service Manual are subject to change without notice for
product improvement or other purposes, and major changes will be communicated in the
form of Service Information bulletins.
All service persons are expected to have a good understanding of the contents of this
Service Manual and all relevant Service Information bulletins and be able to identify and
isolate faults in the machine.
This Service Manual is prepared so that a full understanding may be attained when it
is used side by side with the separately available Copier Basic Series. Refer to the
appropriate section of the document when prompted as follows:
EX.
Volume 3>Chapter 6>VI.A.2. "Cleaning the Charging Wire"
The Copier Basic Series is a combination of descriptions on the existing technologies
used in Canon copiers. It consists of the following seven volumes, and is intended to
supplement the contents of Service Manuals:
ii COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN . 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
System Configuration
[2]
[1]
[1] Finisher-D1
[2] Printer Board
[3] Copy tray
[4] GP605/605V
[5] Side Paper Deck-C1
Figure 1
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) iii
When Turning Off the Main Power Switch
Be sure to turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug before starting
disassembly/assembly work with the following in mind:
1. When you turn off the main power switch for adding printer functions, any data
being processed at the time may be lost. Check to make sure that the data lamp on
the control panel is off before operating the main power switch.
After turning off the main power switch, disconnect the communication cable from
the printer board so that data will not be accepted during work.
2. Do not turn off the main power switch when downloading is taking place. Other-
wise, the machine may stop operating.
3. Some units remain powered even when the control panel power switch is turned
off. Be sure to turn off the main power switch, and disconnect the power plug
before starting disassembly/assembly work.
(If the heater switch is on, the cassette heater and the drum heater remain pow-
ered even when the main power switch is turned off.)
4. Not all power will be removed even when the front door is opened if both the control
panel power switch and the main power switch are on.
[1] [2]
Copying Error Copying Error Data Error Data Error
COPY A COPY B MAIL BOX OPTIONS ON/OFF
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
ID 0 C
[3]
OFF ON
[4]
iv COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN . 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) v
A. Outline .................................... 3-8 1.
Removing the Scanner Motor
B. Controlling the Temperature by a ........................................ 3-20
Fluorescent Lamp Heater .... 3-10 2. Scanner Drive Cable ...... 3-21
C. Controlling Pre-Heat Voltage C. PCBs .................................... 3-28
............................................. 3-10 1. Removing the Light Intensity
D. Initial Activation .................... 3-11 Control PCB .................... 3-28
E. Detecting an Error ................ 3-12 2. Removing the Inverter PCB
IV. DETECTING THE ORIGINAL SIZE ........................................ 3-29
.................................................. 3-14 D. Others .................................. 3-31
A. Outline .................................. 3-14 1. Removing the Original Size
B. Detection by Original Sensors Sensor (1/2) .................... 3-31
............................................. 3-14 2. Removing the Original Size
C. Detection by the Feeder ...... 3-14 Sensor (3/4) .................... 3-32
V. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .... 3-15 3. Removing the Scanner Home
A. No. 1 Mirror Mount ............... 3-16 Position Sensor .............. 3-33
1. Removing the Scanning 4. Removing the Copyboard
Lamp/Scanning Lamp Heater Glass ............................... 3-33
........................................ 3-16 5. Removing the Image Leading
2. Points to Note When Edge Sensor ................... 3-34
Replacing the Scanning Lamp 6. Removing the Standard White
........................................ 3-19 Plate ................................ 3-35
3. After Replacing the Scanning 7. After Replacing the Standard
Lamp ............................... 3-19 White Plate ..................... 3-36
B. Scanner Drive Assembly ..... 3-20
I. OUTLINE..................................... 4-1 1.
Removing the CCD PCB
II. ANALOG IMAGE PROCESSING 4-4 ........................................ 4-22
A. Outline .................................... 4-4 2. After Replacing the CCD Unit
III. DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 4-6 ........................................ 4-23
A. Outline .................................... 4-6 B. Image Processor PCB ......... 4-24
B. Image Procesing Functional 1. Removing the Image
Block ...................................... 4-7 Processor PCB ............... 4-24
C. Shading Correction ................ 4-9 2. After Replacing the Image
D. Line Conversion ................... 4-10 Processor PCB ............... 4-25
E. Editing .................................. 4-11 C. Hard Disk (image server) ..... 4-26
F. Density Processing .............. 4-12 1. Removing the Hard Disk
1. Outline ............................ 4-12 (image server)................. 4-26
2. Density Adjustment during 2. After Replacing the Hard Disk
Printing ............................ 4-14 (image server)................. 4-26
G. Binary Processing ................ 4-15 D. Others .................................. 4-27
1. Dither Screen Method ..... 4-15 1. Removing the System
2. Random Error Diffusion (R- Motherboard ................... 4-27
ED) Method ..................... 4-16 2. Removing the Memory Board
H. Image Memory ..................... 4-17 ........................................ 4-28
I. Detecting the Orientation of 3. Removing the Various Printer
Originals ............................... 4-19 Boards ............................ 4-28
J. Black Pixel Count ................. 4-20 4. Removing the Original
IV. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .... 4-21 Detection PCB ................ 4-29
A. CCD PCB ............................. 4-22
vi COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) vii
4. Transfer charging Assembly 3. Removing the Primary
Cleaning Mechanism ...... 6-30 Charging Assembly ........ 6-57
5. Others ............................. 6-31 4. Removing the Pre-Transfer
F. Controlling Separation Charging Charging Assembly ........ 6-57
............................................. 6-32 5. Removing the Dust-Collecting
1. Outline ............................ 6-32 Roller .............................. 6-58
2. Correcting the Output to Suit 6. Removing the Transfer/
the Environment and the Separation Charging
Toner Deposit ................. 6-33 Assembly ........................ 6-58
3. Correcting the Output upon C. Charging Wire ...................... 6-60
Detection of Leakage ...... 6-34 1. Outline ............................ 6-60
4. Others ............................. 6-35 2. Removing the Wire Cleaner of
IV . DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ...... 6-36 the Primary Charging
A. Outline .................................. 6-36 Assembly ........................ 6-60
B. Controlling the Developing 3. Removing the Wire Cleaner of
Assembly ............................. 6-37 the Transfer Separation
C. Controlling the Toner Cartridge Charging Assembly ........ 6-61
Drive Mechanism ................. 6-38 4. Routing the Charging Wire
D. Controlling the Developing Bias ........................................ 6-62
............................................. 6-39 5. Routing the Grid Wire for the
E. Detecting the Toner Level and Primary Charging Assembly
Controlling the Toner Supply ........................................ 6-64
Mechanism........................... 6-41 6. Adjusting the Height of the
V . DRUM CLEANER UNIT ............ 6-45 Charging Wire ................. 6-65
A. Outline .................................. 6-45 D. Process Unit......................... 6-66
B. Detecting the Waste Toner (case 1. Removing the Process Unit
full condition) ........................ 6-46 ........................................ 6-66
VI. CONTROLLING THE DRUM 2. Mounting the Process Unit
HEATER .................................... 6-48 ........................................ 6-68
A. Outline .................................. 6-48 E. Developing Assembly .......... 6-69
VII . DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .... 6-49 1. Removing the Developing
A. Photosensitive Drum Unit .... 6-50 Assembly ........................ 6-69
1. Points to Note When Handling 2. Removing the Hopper ..... 6-70
the Photosensitive Drum 6-50 3. Removing the Blade Unit
2. Removing the Photosensitive ........................................ 6-71
Drum ............................... 6-51 4. Mounting the Blade ......... 6-72
3. Replacing the Photosensitive 5. Removing the Developing
Drum Heater ................... 6-53 Cylinder ........................... 6-72
4. Mounting the Photosensitive F. Drum Cleaner Unit ............... 6-75
Drum Unit ........................ 6-54 1. Removing the Cleaning Blade
B. Parts Associated with the ........................................ 6-75
Process Unit......................... 6-55 2. Mounting the Cleaning Blade
1. Removing the Pre-Exposure ........................................ 6-77
Lamp Unit ....................... 6-55 G. Separation Claw/Separation Claw
2. Removing the Potential Drive Assembly .................... 6-79
Sensor Unit ..................... 6-56
viii COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
A. Control System ...................... 7-3 F. Detecting the Horizontal
B. Sequence of Operations (pickup) Registration Position ............ 7-32
............................................... 7-4 1. Outline ............................ 7-32
1. Right Deck ........................ 7-4 2. Operations ...................... 7-33
2. Pickup from the Cassette 2 3. Controlling the Horizontal
.......................................... 7-5 Registration Motor (M15)
C. Controlling the Pickup Motor (M2) ........................................ 7-34
............................................... 7-6 V. CONTROLLING THE DELIVERY
1. Outline .............................. 7-6 ASSEMBLY ............................... 7-35
D. Movement of the Lifter ........... 7-7 A. Reversal Delivery ................. 7-35
1. Outline .............................. 7-7 VI. CONTROLLING THE CASSETTE
2. Lifter Limiter (deck right/left) HEATER .................................... 7-36
.......................................... 7-9 VII. DETECTING JAMS ................... 7-38
3. Detecting the Presence/ A. Outline .................................. 7-38
Absence of Paper ........... 7-10 1. Arrangement of Jam Sensors
4. Detecting the Level of Paper ........................................ 7-38
........................................ 7-10 2. Types of Jams ................ 7-39
E. Detecting the Cassette Paper B. Sequence of Operations (jam
Size ...................................... 7-13 detection) ............................. 7-40
1. Cassette Deck Right/Left 1. Delay Jams ..................... 7-40
........................................ 7-13 2. Stationary Jams .............. 7-43
2. Cassette 3/4 .................... 7-13 VIII. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .... 7-44
3. Markings on the Width Guide A. Manual Tray Assembly ........ 7-45
Rail .................................. 7-14 1. Removing the Manual Tray
4. Paper Size ...................... 7-15 Unit.................................. 7-45
F. Manual Feed Tray Pickup 2. Removing the Pickup Roller
Assembly ............................. 7-18 ........................................ 7-46
1. Pickup Operation ............ 7-18 3. Mounting the Pickup Roller
2. Detecting the Paper Size ........................................ 7-46
........................................ 7-19 4. Removing the Feeding Roller
III. CONTROLLING THE ........................................ 7-47
REGISTRATION CLUTCH 5. Orientation of the Feeding
.................................................. 7-20 Roller .............................. 7-47
A. Outline .................................. 7-20 6. Removing the Separation
B. Control System .................... 7-20 Roller .............................. 7-48
C. Sequence of Operations 7. Adjusting the Tension of the
(registration brake) ............... 7-21 Separation Roller ............ 7-48
IV. MAKING DOUBLE-SIDED COPIES 8. Removing the Manual Feed
.................................................. 7-22 Tray Paper Sensor ......... 7-49
A. Control System .................... 7-22 9. Routing the Manual Feed Tray
1. Copying on the First Side Assembly Side Guide Timing
........................................ 7-22 Belt .................................. 7-51
2. Copying on the Second Side 10. Position of the Pickup Roller
........................................ 7-23 Releasing Solenoid of the
B. Sequence of Operations ...... 7-24 Manual Feed Tray .......... 7-52
C. Controlling the Reversal Motor 11. Removing the Manual Feed
(M11) .................................... 7-25 Roller .............................. 7-53
1. Outline ............................ 7-25 12. Mounting the Manual Feed
D. Controlling the Duplexing Feeder Roller .............................. 7-54
Motor (M12) ......................... 7-26 B. Cassette Pickup Assembly .. 7-55
1. Outline ............................ 7-26 1. Removing the Front Deck
E. No-Stacking Operation ........ 7-27 (right) .............................. 7-55
1. Outline ............................ 7-27 2. Removing the Pickup
2. Outline of Operations ...... 7-28 Assembly of the Front Deck
(left) ................................. 7-56
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) ix
3. Removing the Cassette 3 2.Removing the Registration
Pickup Assembly ............ 7-57 Brake Clutch ................... 7-71
4. Removing the Cassette 4 3. Removing the Registration
Pickup Assembly ............ 7-57 Roller .............................. 7-72
5. Removing the Pickup Roller 4. Removing the Pre-
........................................ 7-57 Registration Roller .......... 7-73
6. Removing the Feeding Roller E. Feeding Assembly ............... 7-75
........................................ 7-59 1. Removing the Feeding Belt
7. Orientation of the Feeding ........................................ 7-75
Roller of the Cassette Pickup 2. Removing the Fixing Feeding
Assembly ........................ 7-59 Unit Releasing lever Sensor
8. Removing the Separation ........................................ 7-77
Roller .............................. 7-59 F. Duplexing Unit ..................... 7-78
9. Adjusting the Pressure of the 1. Removing the Duplexing Unit
Separation Roller ............ 7-61 ........................................ 7-78
10. Orientation of the Separation 2. Removing the Front Cover of
Roller .............................. 7-61 the Duplexing Unit .......... 7-78
11. Position of the Pickup Roller 3. Removing the Reversing
Releasing Solenoid of the Flapper Solenoid ............ 7-79
Cassette (3/4) ................. 7-62 4. Removing the Reversal Motor
12. Adjusting the Registration of ........................................ 7-79
the Front Deck (right/left) 5. Removing the Lower Feeder
........................................ 7-63 Motor ............................... 7-80
13. Adjusting the Registration of 6. Removing the Horizontal
the Cassette 3/4.............. 7-63 Registration Motor .......... 7-80
14. Removing the Lifter Motor 7. Removing the Deck (left)
(M16/M17) of the Cassette (3/ Draw-Out Clutch/Lower
4) ..................................... 7-64 Feeder Middle Clutch ..... 7-81
15. Adjusting the Position of the 8. Removing the Lower Feeding
Lifter Motor M16 (M17) for the Right Clutch .................... 7-82
Cassette 3 (4) ................. 7-65 9. Removing the Duplexing
C. Vertical Path Roller Assembly Reversal Sensor ............. 7-83
............................................. 7-68 10. Removing the U-Turn Sensor
1. Removing the Vertical Path ........................................ 7-86
Roller 1/3/4 ..................... 7-68 11. Removing the Pre-Confluence
2. Removing the Vertical Path Sensor ............................ 7-86
Roller 2 ........................... 7-69 12. Removing the Post-
D. Registration Feeding Assembly Confluence Sensor ......... 7-87
............................................. 7-71 13. Removing the Front Deck
1. Removing the Registration (lifter) Draw-Out Sensor .. 7-88
Clutch/Registration Brake 14. Removing the Horizontal
Clutch .............................. 7-71 Registration sensor ......... 7-88
x COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
E. Controlling the Thermistor 4. Removing the Main
Reciprocating Mechanism ... 8-10 Thermistor ....................... 8-35
F. Controlling the Upper Separation 5. Removing the Sub Thermistor
Claw Reciprocating Mechanism ........................................ 8-36
............................................. 8-11 D. Fixing Roller Assembly ........ 8-37
III. CONTROLLING THE FIXING 1. Removing the Upper Fixing
TEMPERATURE ....................... 8-12 Roller .............................. 8-37
A. Outline .................................. 8-12 2. Mounting the Upper Fixing
B. Down Sequence Control ...... 8-13 Roller .............................. 8-39
C. Controlling Temperature by Mode 3. Removing the Lower Fixing
............................................. 8-14 Roller .............................. 8-40
1. Transparency Mode ........ 8-15 4. Adjusting the Nip ............ 8-40
2. Thick Paper Mode .......... 8-16 E. Separation Claw Assembly .. 8-42
3. Power Save Mode .......... 8-17 1. Removing the Upper
D. Error Detection ..................... 8-18 Separation Claw ............. 8-42
IV. CONTROLLING THE FIXING 2. Removing the Lower
ROLLER BIAS .......................... 8-24 Separation Claw ............. 8-42
A. Outline .................................. 8-24 F. Delivery Assembly ............... 8-43
V. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .... 8-25 1. Removing the External
A. Fixing Assembly ................... 8-26 Delivery Roller ................ 8-43
1. Removing the Fixing 2. Removing the Internal
Assembly ........................ 8-26 Delivery Roller ................ 8-43
B. Fixing Roller Cleaning Assembly 3. Removing the Delivery Speed
............................................. 8-29 Switch Clutch .................. 8-45
1. Removing the Fixing Cleaning G. Paper Sensors ..................... 8-46
Belt .................................. 8-29 1. Removing the Claw Jam
2. Mounting the Fixing Cleaning Sensor ............................ 8-46
Belt .................................. 8-31 2. Removing the External
C. Fixing Heater and Control Parts Delivery Roller ................ 8-46
............................................. 8-32 3. Removing the Internal
1. Removing the Main/Sub Delivery Sensor .............. 8-46
Heater ............................. 8-32 4. Removing the Reversal
2. Mounting the Main/Sub Heater Sensor ............................ 8-47
8-33 5. Removing the Fixing/Feeding
3. Removing the Thermal Switch Unit Outlet Sensor .......... 8-47
........................................ 8-34
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) xi
1. MFC PCB ........................ 9-18 11. Removing the Power Supply
2. Image Processor PCB .... 9-19 Cooling Fan 1 ................. 9-43
VI. OTHERS ................................... 9-21 12. Removing the Power Supply
A. Sleep Mode .......................... 9-21 Cooling Fan 2 ................. 9-44
1. Outline ............................ 9-21 13. Removing the Separation Fan
2. Operation ........................ 9-22 ........................................ 9-45
B. Low Power mode ................. 9-23 14. Removing the Laser Scanner
C. Silence Mode ....................... 9-24 Fan .................................. 9-46
D. Power Save Mode ............... 9-24 D. Drive Assembly .................... 9-48
VII. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .... 9-25 1. Removing the Left Pickup
A. External Covers ................... 9-26 Drive Assembly ............... 9-48
1. Removing the Front Door 2. Removing the Pickup Drive
........................................ 9-27 Assembly ........................ 9-49
2. Removing the Inside Upper 3. Removing the Developing
Cover .............................. 9-28 Drive Assembly ............... 9-50
3. Removing the Fixing/Feeding 4. Removing the Vertical Path
Unit Cover ....................... 9-28 Drive Assembly ............... 9-51
4. Removing the Rear Cover 5. Removing the Waste Toner
........................................ 9-29 Drive Assembly ............... 9-52
B. Control Panel ....................... 9-30 6. Removing the Multifeeder
1. Removing the Control Panel Pickup Drive Assembly ... 9-53
........................................ 9-30 7. Removing the Lifter Drive
2. Removing the Control Panel Assembly (right deck) ..... 9-54
Controller (CPU) PCB and the 8. Removing the Lifter Drive
Control Panel Inverter PCB Assembly (for the left deck)
........................................ 9-31 ........................................ 9-55
3. Removing the Control Panel 9. Removing the Main Drive
PCB and the LCD Panel Assembly ........................ 9-56
........................................ 9-32 10. Removing the Drum Drive
C. Fans ..................................... 9-34 Assembly ........................ 9-57
1. Removing the Primary 11. Removing the Cassette
Charging Assembly Fan Pickup Drive Assembly ... 9-60
........................................ 9-34 12. Removing the Toner Cartridge
2. Removing the Fixing Heat Drive Assembly ............... 9-61
Discharge Fan ................ 9-35 E. Switches ............................... 9-62
3. Removing the Scanner 1. Removing the Cover Switch
Cooling Fan .................... 9-35 (door switch) Assembly
4. Removing the Stream ........................................ 9-62
Reading Fan ................... 9-36 2. Removing the Manual Feed
5. Removing the Laser Cooling Tray Switch Assembly .... 9-63
Fan .................................. 9-37 3. Removing the Drum Heater
6. Removing the De-Curling Fan Switch Assembly ............ 9-64
........................................ 9-38 F. DC Controller PCB ............... 9-65
7. Removing the Feeding Fan G. Power Supply Unit ............... 9-66
........................................ 9-39 H. High-Voltage Transformer (AC)
8. Removing the Drum Fan ............................................. 9-67
........................................ 9-40 I. High-Voltage Transformer (DC)
9. Removing the Inverter Cooling ............................................. 9-67
Fan .................................. 9-41 J. Relay PCB ........................... 9-69
10. Removing the Pre-Transfer K. MFC PCB ............................. 9-69
Charging Assembly Fan L. Routing the Belt ................... 9-71
........................................ 9-42
xii COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
CHAPTER 13 TROBLESHOOTING
xiv COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
B. Scanner System ................ 13-14 (SL6) ............................. 13-28
1. Replacing the Scanner Drive 9-6. Position of the Deck (right)
Cable ............................ 13-14 Pickup Solenoid (SL7) .. 13-29
2. Adjusting the Scanner Mirror 9-7. Position of the Deck (left)
Mount ............................ 13-14 Pickup Solenoid (SL8) .. 13-30
3. After Replacing the Scanning 9-8. Position of the Cassette 3/4
Lamp ............................. 13-14 Pickup Solenoid (SL9/10)
C. Image Formation System... 13-15 ...................................... 13-31
1. Routing the Primary Charging 9-9. Position of the Side Paper
Assembly Grid Wire ...... 13-15 Deck Pickup Roller Releasing
2. Routing the Charging Solenoid ........................ 13-32
Assembly Charging Wires 10. Routing the Manual Feed Tray
...................................... 13-15 Assembly Side Guide Timing
3. Mounting the Drum Cleaning Belt ................................ 13-32
Blade ............................. 13-15 11. Routing the Drive Belt ... 13-33
4. Mounting the Developing E. Fixing System .................... 13-34
Blade ............................. 13-15 1. Point to Note When Mounting
5. Replacing the Potential the Fixing Heater .......... 13-34
Sensor/Potential Control PCB 2. Position of the Fixing
...................................... 13-15 Assembly Inlet Guide .... 13-34
D. Pickup/Feeding System ..... 13-18 3. Adjusting the Lower Roller
1. Orienting the Deck/Cassette Pressure (nip) ............... 13-36
Pickup Roller................. 13-18 F. Laser Exposure System..... 13-37
2. Orienting the Deck/Cassette 1 After Replacing the Laser Unit
Separation Roller .......... 13-19 ...................................... 13-37
3. Orienting the Deck/Cassette 2 Checking the Laser Power
Pickup Assembly Feeding ...................................... 13-38
Roller ............................ 13-19 G. Electrical Parts ................... 13-41
4. Orienting the Manual Feed 1 After Replacing the CCD Unit
Tray/Side Paper Deck Pickup ...................................... 13-41
Roller ............................ 13-20 2 After Replacing the Image
5. Orienting the Manual Feed Processor PCB ............. 13-42
Pickup Roller................. 13-21 3 After Replacing the MFC PCB
6. Orienting the Side Paper Deck ...................................... 13-43
Feeding Roller .............. 13-21 4. After Replacing the Hard Disk
7. Adjusting the Pressure of the ...................................... 13-44
Deck/Cassette Separation 5. After Replacing the DC
Roller ............................ 13-22 Controller PCB .............. 13-45
8. Adjusting the Pressure of the 6. Checking the Surface
Manual Tray Pickup/Feeding Potential Control System
Roller ............................ 13-23 ...................................... 13-45
9. Mounting the Solenoids 7. Checking the Potential
...................................... 13-24 System .......................... 13-51
9-1. Position of the Fixing Inlet 8. Potential Control System
Guide Solenoid (SL1) ... 13-25 Conversion Table ......... 13-53
9-2. Position of the Fixing Cleaning 9. Checking the Environment
Belt Solenoid (SL2) ....... 13-26 Sensor .......................... 13-57
9-3. Position of the Delivery 10. Checking the
Flapper Solenoid (SL3) Photointerrupters .......... 13-58
...................................... 13-27 III . TROUBLESHOOTING IMAGE
9-4. Position of the Fixing/Feeding FAULTS .................................. 13-63
Unit Locking Solenoid (SL4) A. Making Initial Checks ......... 13-63
...................................... 13-27 1. Checking the Site ......... 13-63
9-5. Position of the Multifeeder 2. Checking the Originals
Pickup Latching Solenoid ...................................... 13-63
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) xv
3. Copyboard Cover, Copyboard 19. The copy is foggy (horizontal).
Glass, and Standard White ...................................... 13-79
Plate .............................. 13-64 20. The copy has poor sharpness.
4. Checking the Charging ...................................... 13-80
Assemblies ................... 13-64 21. The copy is blank. ......... 13-81
5. Checking the Developing 22. The copy is solid black.
Assembly ...................... 13-64 ...................................... 13-82
6. Checking Papers .......... 13-64 IV . TROUBLESHOOTING
7. Checking the Periodically MALFUNCTIONS .................... 13-82
Replace Parts ............... 13-64 A. Troubleshooting Malfunctions
8. Others ........................... 13-64 ........................................... 13-82
B. Sample Image Faults ......... 13-65 1. E000 ............................. 13-82
C. Troubleshooting Image Faults 2. E001 ............................. 13-83
........................................... 13-67 3. E002 ............................. 13-83
1. The copy is too light (halftone 4. E003 ............................. 13-83
area) ............................. 13-67 5. E004 ............................. 13-84
2. The copy is too light (solid 6. E005 ............................. 13-84
black area). ................... 13-68 7. E010 ............................. 13-84
3. The copy is too light (entire 8. E012 ............................. 13-85
area, considerably). ...... 13-68 9. E013 ............................. 13-85
4. The copy has uneven density 10. E014 ............................. 13-86
(darker at front). ............ 13-69 11. E015 ............................. 13-86
5. The copy has uneven density 12. E019 ............................. 13-86
(lighter at front). ............ 13-69 13. E020 ............................. 13-87
6. The copy is foggy (entire 14. E025 ............................. 13-87
area). ............................ 13-70 15. E030 ............................. 13-88
7. The copy is foggy (vertical). 16. E031 ............................. 13-88
...................................... 13-71 17. E032 ............................. 13-88
8. The copy has black lines 18. E043 ............................. 13-89
(feeding direction, fuzzy, 19. E051 ............................. 13-89
thick). ............................ 13-71 20. E060 ............................. 13-90
9. The copy has black lines 21. E063 ............................. 13-90
(feeding direction, fine). 22. E065 ............................. 13-91
...................................... 13-72 23. E066 ............................. 13-91
10. The copy has white spots 24. E067 ............................. 13-91
(vertical). ....................... 13-73 25. E068 ............................. 13-92
11. The copy has white lines 26. E069 ............................. 13-92
(vertical). ....................... 13-73 27. E100 ............................. 13-92
12. The copy has white spots 28. E102 ............................. 13-93
(horizontal). ................... 13-74 29. E110 ............................. 13-93
13. The back of the copy is soiled 30. E111 ............................. 13-93
...................................... 13-75 31. E121 ............................. 13-94
14. The copy has poor fixing. 32. E202 ............................. 13-94
...................................... 13-76 33. E204 ............................. 13-94
15. The copy has a displaced 34. E211 ............................. 13-95
leading edge (appreciably 35. E215 ............................. 13-95
excess margin). ............ 13-77 36. E218 ............................. 13-95
16. The copy has a displaced 37. E219 ............................. 13-95
leading edge (excess margin). 38. E220 ............................. 13-95
...................................... 13-77 39. E222 ............................. 13-95
17. The copy has a displaced 40. E226 ............................. 13-96
leading edge (no margin). 41. E240 ............................. 13-96
...................................... 13-77 42. E241 ............................. 13-96
18. The copy has a blurred image. 43. E243 ............................. 13-96
...................................... 13-78 44. E251 ............................. 13-97
xvi COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
45. E302 ............................. 13-97 80. The Control Card Set
46. E320 ............................. 13-97 message fails to turn off.
47. E601 ............................. 13-97 ....................................13-114
48. E602 ............................. 13-98 81. The Add Paper message fails
49. E677 ............................. 13-98 to turn off. (deck right/left)
50. E710 ............................. 13-98 ....................................13-114
51. E711 ............................. 13-98 82. The Add Paper message fails
52. E712 ............................. 13-98 to turn off. (cassette 3/4)
53. E713 ............................. 13-99 ....................................13-114
54. E717 ............................. 13-99 83. The fixing heater fails to
55. E800 ............................. 13-99 operate. .......................13-115
56. E804 ...........................13-100 84. Pickup operation fails. (side
57. E805 ...........................13-100 paper deck) .................13-116
58. E820 ...........................13-100 85. The deck lifter fails to move
59. E823 ...........................13-101 up. (side paper deck)
60. E824 ...........................13-101 ....................................13-117
61. E830 ...........................13-101 V . TROUBLESHOOTING FEEDING
62. AC power is absent. ...13-102 PROBLEMS ..........................13-118
63. The DC power supply fails to A. Copy Paper Jams ............13-118
operate 1. ....................13-103 1. Pickup Assembly ........13-119
64. The DC power supply fails to 2. Separation/Feeding Assembly
operate 2. ....................13-104 ....................................13-120
65. Pickup operation fails. 3. Fixing/Delivery Assembly
....................................13-105 ....................................13-121
66. The lifter fails to move up. 4. Fixing/Delivery Assembly
....................................13-106 (reversal delivery assembly)
67. The lifter fails to move up. ....................................13-121
(cassette pickup) ........13-107 5. Cleaner Unit ................13-122
68. Pickup operation fails. 6. Lower Feeding Assembly
(multifeeder pickup) ....13-108 ....................................13-122
69. The vertical path roller fails to B. Faulty Feeding .................13-123
rotate. ..........................13-109 1. Double feeding ...........13-123
70. The registration roller fails to 2. Wrinkles ......................13-123
rotate. ..........................13-109 VI . ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS
71. The No. 1 mirror fails to OF PARTS ............................13-124
operate. .......................13-110 A. Clutches ...........................13-124
72. The pre-exposure lamp fails to B. Solenoids .........................13-126
turn on. ........................13-111 C. Motors ..............................13-128
73. The scanning lamp fails to D. Fans .................................13-130
turn on. ........................13-111 E. Sensors 1 .........................13-132
74. The cartridge inside toner F. Sensors 2 .........................13-134
feeder motor (M6) fails to G. Switches ...........................13-136
operate. .......................13-112 H. Counters, Heaters, Fuses, and
75. The hopper inside toner Others ..............................13-138
feeder motor (M18) fails to I. PCBs ................................13-140
operate. .......................13-112 J. Side Paper Deck ..............13-142
76. The drum heater fails to 1. Sensors and Switches
operate. .......................13-112 ....................................13-142
77. The Add Toner indicator fails 2. Motors, Clatches, Solenoids,
to turn on. ....................13-113 and PCBs ....................13-144
78. The Add Toner fails to turn on K. Variable Registers (VR), Light-
....................................13-113 Emitting Diodes, and Check Pins
79. The Control Card Set by PCB .............................13-146
message fails to turn on 1. MFC PCB ....................13-147
....................................13-113
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) xvii
2.
Image Processor PCB 1.Starting Service Mode and
....................................13-148 Selecting an Item ........13-161
3. DC Controller PCB .....13-149 2. Ending Service Mode
4. DC Power Supply PCB ....................................13-162
....................................13-150 3. Backing Up the RAM
5. Relay PCB ..................13-150 ....................................13-162
6. Control Panel CPU PCB 4. Basic Operation ..........13-163
....................................13-151 B. DISPALY Control Display Mode
7. HV-DC PCB ................13-152 .........................................13-165
8. Side Deck Driver (side paper C. I/O Input/Output Display Mode
deck) ...........................13-153 .........................................13-176
VII . UPGRADING THE COPIER .13-154 D. ADJUST Adjustment Mode
A. Replacing the DIMM ........13-154 .........................................13-204
1. Removing the DIMM of the E. FUNCTION Operation/Inspection
Image Processor PCB Mode ................................13-218
....................................13-155 F. OPTION Settings Mode ...13-230
2. Removing the DIMM of the G. PG Test Print ...................13-242
MFC PCB ....................13-156 H. COUNTER Mode .............13-246
B. Downloading ....................13-157 IX. SELF DIAGNOSIS ................13-250
1. Before the Work ..........13-157 A. Copier Self Diagnosis ......13-250
2. Downloading ...............13-157 B. ADF Self Diagnosis ..........13-258
VIII . SERVICE MODE ................13-160 C. Finisher Self Diagnosis ....13-259
A. Outline ..............................13-160
APPENDIX
A. GENERAL TIMING CHART ....... A-1 D. SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE ........ A-17
B. LIST OF SIGNALS/ E. SOLVENTS/OILS ..................... A-19
ABBREVIATIONS ...................... A-3
C. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
................................................... A-9
xviii COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
This chapter provides specifications of the copier, instructions on how to operate the
copier, and an outline of copying processes.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
I . FEATURES
1. High-Speed Operation, High Quality Image
Copying speed : 60 copies/min (1-to-n),
55 copies/min (stream reading, 1-to-1)
Reading resolution : 600 × 600 dpi
Output resolution : 1,200-equivalent × 600 dpi
Printer output resolution (w/accessory) : 2,400-equivalent × 600 dpi
1,200-equivalent × 600 dpi (for 120-V UL model)
6. Printer Functions
The copier may be equipped with a printer board (accessory), servicing as a printer on a net-
work.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-1
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
II . SPECIFICATIONS
A. Copier
1. Type
Body Console
Copyboard Fixed
Table 1-201
2. System
GP605/GP605V
Charging Corona
Transfer Corona
Cleaning Blade
Table 1-202
1-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
3. Performance
GP605 / GP605V
DIRECT 1:1
REDUCE I 1 : 0.250
REDUCE II 1 : 0.500
REDUCE IV 1 : 0.707
Reproduction ratio
REDUCE V 1 : 0.816
REDUCE VI 1 : 0.865
ENLARGE I 1 : 1.154
ENLARGE II 1 : 1.224
ENALRGE IV 1 : 2.000
ENALRGE V 1 : 4.000
Table 1-203-1
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-3
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Table 1-203-2
1-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Table 1-203-3
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-5
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Claw No
Paper deck (right,
Tray left) 162 mm deep (approx.; about 1,500 sheets of 80 g/m2)
Leading edge Direct, Enlarge/Reduce: 4.0 +1.5, -1.0 mm (4.0 + 1.8, -1.4 mm)*
Non-
image Trailing edge Direct, Enlarge/Reduce: 2.5 ±1.5 mm (2.5 ±1.8 mm)*
width
Left/right (1st side) Direct, Enlarge/Reduce: 2.5 ±1.5 mm (2.5 ±1.8 mm)*
Auto clear Yes (2 min standard; may be changed between 0 and 9 min in 1-
min increments)
Auto power-off No
Low power mode Yes (15 min standard; may be changed in user mode to 10, 15,
20, 30, 40, 50, 90 min or 2, 3, or 4 hr.)
Power
save Yes (60 min standard; may be changed in user mode to 10, 15,
Auto sleep
mode 20, 30, 40, 50, 90 min or 2, 3, or 4 hr)
Power save mode Yes
Accessory • Finisher-D1
• Saddle Finisher-D2
• Side Paper Deck-C1
• Cassette Heater Kit-16 (for Side Paper Deck-C1)
• Remote Diagnostic Device II
• Copy Data Controller-A1
• Control Card V
• Copy Tray Unit-D1
• Original Base D1
*When the ADF is used.
Table 1-203-4
1-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
4. Others
GP605 / GP605V
Power consumption
100V/20A 100V/15A 120V 230V
Maximum (kW) 2.0 1.5 2.0 2.0
Continuous* (Wh)
498 497 474 467
: (Reference)
Standby (Wh)
357 355 335 330
: (Reference)
SLEEP (Wh)
12 12 12 16
: (Reference)
LOW-POWER
MODE (Wh) 158 155 141 135
: (Reference)
ENERGY -10% 346 315 313 298
SAVER
MODE (Wh) -25% 311 269 270 255
: (Reference) -50% 269 224 216 200
*The operationg conditions are as follows:
As many as 10 originals are placed, the copy count is set to '20', and
this sequence is repeated three times with the intervals of jobs being
20 min.
Noise Copying 78 dB or less
(Sound power level Stanby
:impulse mode) 55 dB or less
Consumables Copy paper Keep copy paper wrapped to protect against humidity. Avoid direct
Toner sunshine, and keep at 40°C/85% or less.
Table 1-204-1
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-7
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A3(297×420mm) A3 26(30)
A4(210×297mm) A4 55(60)
B4(257×364mm) B4 32(35)
Direct
B5(182×257mm) B5 58(60)
IV B4àA5R B5R 38
(70.7%)
A3àA4R A4R 32
Reduce
V
(81.6%) B4àA4R A4R 36
VI A4àB5 B5 57
(86.5%)
A3àB4 B4 28
II
(200.0%) A5RàA3 A3 –*
III A4RàA3 A3 23
(141.4%)
B5RàB4 B4 23
Enlarge IV
A4RàB4 B4 27
(122.4%)
V B4àA3 A3 28
(115.4%)
B5àA4 A4 50
Note: A5R originals cannot be set in the ADF.
*1-to-n values are in parentheses.
1-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
III 279.4×431.8mm
LTRR 30
(64.7%) (11"×17")àLTRR
IV 279.4×431.8mm
Reduce LGL 28
(73.3%) (11"×17")àLGL
V
LGLàLTRR LTRR 38
(78.6%)
STMTRà
II 279.4×431.8mm
279.4×431.8mm –*
(200.0%) (11"×17")
(11"×17")
LTRRà
III 279.4×431.8mm
Enlarge 279.4×431.8mm 25
(129.4%) (11"×17")
(11"×17")
IV LGLà
279.4×431.8mm
(121.4%) 279.4×431.8mm 27
(11"×17")
(11"×17")
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-9
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Paper storage capacity 385 mm high (stack; approx.; about 3,500 sheets of 80 g/m2)
Paper size alternation By relocating the size guide plate (in steps), by setting in service mode
(OPTION)
Table 1-205
1-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A. External View
[1]
[2] [3]
[14]
[4]
[13]
[15] [5]
Detailed view of 15
and 16 [16]
[16] [15]
[6]
[7]
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-11
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[3] [10]
[2]
[11]
[1]
[6]
[12]
[8]
[5]
[7] [4]
[9]
1-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Blank Page
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-13
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B. Cross Section
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9][10] [11] [12] [13]
[43]
[42]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[41] [17]
[40] [18]
[39] [19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
[23]
[38] [24]
[25]
[37]
[36]
[35] [26]
[27]
[28]
[29]
[34]
[30]
[31]
[32]
[33]
1-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Table 1-301
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-15
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[1]
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
ID 0 C
[2]
[3]
1-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B. Control Panel
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
ID 0 C
[18] [17] [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8]
Figure 1-402
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-17
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
C. Extension Mode
SHIFT Use it to shift the entire image on the original to the center or a corner of its
copy.
COVER/SHT Use it to copy on different types of paper for covers, back covers, and chapter
INSERTION covers.
DIF. SIZE Use it to make copies of originals of different sizes (but of the same feeding
ORIGINAL width).
MARGIN Use it to create a margin for binding along the edge of copies.
FRAME ERASE Use it to erase shadow-like images (on copies) of frames or holes in the
originals.
IMAGE COMB. Use it to copy 2, 4, or 8 originals on a single sheet of paper through automatic
reduction.
IMAGE Use it to copy a single image on a sheet of paper of a specific size through
SEPARATION automatic enlargement (by dividing into two or four).
NEGA/POSI Use it to make copies by reversing the black and white images of an original.
FORM Use it to make copies by combining "form images" stored in advance with the
COMPOSITION image of an original.
1-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
D. User Mode
CUSTOM AE ADJUSTMENT Use it to select an auto density adjustment method.
COMMON (priority on speed*/priority on image quality)
SETTINGS
AUDIBLE TONES Use it to enable/disable the buzzer.
(input sound, alarm sound, job end sound; ON*/OFF)
DRAWER ELIGIBILITY FOR Use it to set a drawer for auto drawer switching.
APS/ADS (stack by pass: ON/OFF* ; drawers: ON*/OFF)
PAPER ICON SETTING Use it to select an icon for paper in the cassettes.
(no factory setting)
ENERGY SAVER MODE Use it to change the level of same power mode.
(-10%*, -25%, -50%, no recovery time)
SET SYSTEM SETTING Use it to set an ID No. for system control. (4 digits)
PASSWORD
CUSTOM COPY STANDARD KEY 1,2 SETTING Use it to select preference keys for the Basic screen from the
SETTINGS mode keys on the Extension Mode screen or the memory keys
for the mode memory.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-19
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
TIMER DATE & TIME SETTING Use it to set the current date and time.
SETTINGS
AUTO SLEEP TIME Use it to set the length of time taken to start sleep mode after opera-
tion/turning off the control panel switch. (10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50,
60*, 90 min or 2, 3, 4 hr)
AUTO CLEAR TIME Use it to set the length of time taken to bring back the Basic screen
on the touch panel after operation. (0 min; 1* to 9 min)
LOW-POWER MODE TIME Use it to set the length of time taken to start low power consumption
mode after operation. (10, 5*, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90 min; 2 to 40 hr)
Use it to set the length of time taken to start silent mode after opera-
TIME UNTIL UNIT QUIETS tion. (0 min; 1* to 9 min)
DOWN
Use it to set the day of the week on which the control panel power
DAILY TIMER SETTINGS switch is turned off. (Sun. to Sat.; 00:00 to 23:59; in 1-min incre-
ments)
*Factory settings.
1-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
2 ADF feeding belt Wipe it with a cloth moistened with mild detergent
solution; then, dry wipe it.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-21
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
VI . SAFETY
A. Safety of Laser Light
Laser light can be harmful to the human body. The copier's laser assembly is completely
housed within a protective case and by means of external covers, preventing leakage of laser light
to the outside as long as the copier is used normally.
1-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
B. CDRH Regulations
On August 2, 1976, the Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the US Food
and Drum Administration put into force a set of regulations governing laser products.
The regulations apply to laser products produced on and after August 1, 1976, and the sale of
laser products within the US is prohibited unless they show compliance with the regulations.
Figure 1-602 shows the label certifying compliance with the CDRH regulations, and all laser
products to be sold in the US must bear a copy of the label.
CANON
30-2, SHIMOMARUKO, 3-CHOME, OHTAKU, TOKYO,
146, JAPAN.
MANUFACTURED:
THIS PRODUCT CONFORMS WITH CQRH RADIATION
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 21CFR CHAPTER 1
SUBCHAPTER J.
Note:
The text may differ from model to model.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-23
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
You will find the label on the copier's laser scanner covers from which laser light can escape.
FS6-8821
1-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
FS6-8820
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-25
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
FS6-8623
CAUTION -LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM.
ATTENTION -RAYONNEMENT LASER EN CAS D'OUVERTURE. EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU.
VORSICHT -LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN ABDECKUNG GE…FFNET. NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.
PRECAUCION -RADIACION LASER CUANDO SE ABRE. EVITAR EXPONERSE AL RAYO.
ATTENZIONE -RADIAZIONE LASER IN CASO DI APERTURA. EVITARE L'ESPOSIZIONE AL FASCIO.
VARO! -AVATTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA LASERS TEILYLLE. L KATSO S TEESEEN.
VARNING -LASERSTR LNING N R DENNA DEL R …PPNAD. BETRAKTA EJ STR LEN.
ADVARSEL! -LASER STR LING, N R DENNE ER BEN. UNDG BESTR LING.
ADVARSEL -LASERSTR LING N R DEKSEL PNES. UNNG EKSPONERING FOR STR LEN.
1-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
FS6-8820
FS6-8623
CAUTION -LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM.
ATTENTION -RAYONNEMENT LASER EN CAS D'OUVERTURE. EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU.
VORSICHT -LASERSTRAHLUNG, WENN ABDECKUNG GE…FFNET. NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.
PRECAUCION -RADIACION LASER CUANDO SE ABRE. EVITAR EXPONERSE AL RAYO.
ATTENZIONE -RADIAZIONE LASER IN CASO DI APERTURA. EVITARE L'ESPOSIZIONE AL FASCIO.
VARO! -AVATTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA LASERS TEILYLLE. L KATSO S TEESEEN.
VARNING -LASERSTR LNING N R DENNA DEL R …PPNAD. BETRAKTA EJ STR LEN.
ADVARSEL! -LASER STR LING, N R DENNE ER BEN. UNDG BESTR LING.
ADVARSEL -LASERSTR LING N R DEKSEL PNES. UNNG EKSPONERING FOR STR LEN.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-27
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
D. Safety of Toner
Toner is non-toxic matter composed of plastic, iron, and small amounts of dyes.
If your skin or clothes have come into contact with toner, be sure to remove as much of it as
possible with tissue paper and then wash with water. Hot water will cause toner to turn jelly and
become fused with cloth fibers, resisting removal.
Further, toner tends to react to vinyl material. Keep it away from vinyl materials.
Caution:
Do not dispose of toner into fire. It can lead to explosion.
1-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Scanning lamp
Copyboard glass
Dust-collecting
roller
Pickup
(manual feed tray)
Pre-transfer
Fixing assembly charging
Cleaner assembly
Transfer charging Pickup
assembly (deck/cassette)
Separation charging assembly
Separation claw
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 1-29
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Step 1 Pre-exposure
Step 2 Primary charging (positive DC)
Step 3 Laser exposure
Step 4 Development (AC + positive DC)
Step 5 Transfer (negative DC)
Step 6 Separation (AC + positive DC)
Step 7 Fixing
Step 8 Drum cleaning
1.Pre-exposure
4.Development
8.Drum cleaning
Figure 1-702
1-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2
BASIC OPERATIONS
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
I . BASIC OPERATIONS
A. Functional Construction
The copier is divided into the following six functional blocks:
• Original exposure system
• Image processing system
• Laser exposure system
• Image formation system
• Pickup/feeding system
• Control system
Original
Printer
Motherboard boards
MFC PCB (accessory)
Image server
(hard disk) Image processor PCB Image Processing
System
Token ring
Relay PCB
board
Page memory
Laser diver PCB (accessory)
DC power supply PCB Control System
Laser scanner Laser Exposure
System
Charging
Photo-
Cleaning sensitive Development
drum
Image Formation System
Separation
Transfer
Fixing
Figure 2-101
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-1
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
B. Electrical Circuitry
1. Outline
The copier's major electrical mechanisms are controlled by the CPU on the MFC PCB, image
processor PCB, and DC controller PCB. The following tables show the control functions assigned
to each CPU and the ICs and their functions used around the CPUs (RAMs, DIMMs).
2. MFC PCB
Name Description
CPU • Controls the control panel, hard disk, and personal box image management.
• Controls job management, operation status management, and log management.
• Controls PDL image transfer sequence.
• Controls PDL-image processor PCB communications and service mode.
RAM • Stores service mode data. (For details, see E. "Backup Battery" in Chapter 9 "Externals and
Auxiliary Control.")
• Stores user mode data. (For details, see E. "Backup Battery" in Chapter 9 "Externals and
Auxiliary Control.")
Name Description
CPU • Controls the fixing temperature, original scanning lamp, high voltage, potential, and toner
supply.
• Controls paper feeding, image processing, scanner reading, and copying sequence.
• Controls printing sequence, output management, and ADF.
• Controls the sorter (accessory) and communications control device (accessory).
• Controls the page memory management mechanism and hard disk image input/output.
• Controls service mode.
RAM • Stores service mode data. (For details, see E. "Backup Battery" in Chapter 9 "Externals and
Auxiliary Control.")
• Stores user mode data. (For details, see E. "Backup Battery" in Chapter 9 "Externals and
Auxiliary Control.")
• Stores pickup/delivery counter readings.
DIMM • Controls programs (used to control the input/output ports on the DC controller PCB).
2-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
4. DC Controller PCB
Name Description
CPU • Controls the scanner motor drive mechanism, reversal motor drive mechanism, and
(built-in duplexing feeding motor drive mechanism.
ROM) • Controls the cassette size detection mechanism and charging wire cleaning motor drive
mechanism.
• Controls lifter drive.
Name Description
CPU • Monitors key inputs.
• Controls buzzer sound.
• Tuns on/off the LCD.
Name Description
CPU • Controls the original orientation detection mechanism.
7. Image Server
Name Description
Hard disk • Stores form images.
• Stores mail box images.
• Stores the error history.
• Stores the jam history.
• Stores the job history.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-3
Printer boards I/F PCB
2-4
(accessory) (accessory)
Image server DP
(hard disk) RAM CPU
System Video
motherboard controller
BD
Accessories
PCB
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller
driver
Image
• Clutch PCB 2
• Solenoid
processing
• Motor CPU
• Sensor, Etc.
Laser
Cassette (inside) driver
Paper level Original PCB 1
Heater HV- HV- Laser A/D
PCB
detection
PCB
orientation
PCB
PCB
PCB control DC1 AC scanner
control
CCD detection
PCB PCB
Scanner
PCB driver
Potential
PCB PCB
control PCB
PCB Fluorescent
motor driver
Non-stacking
Light intensity
M4 FL M5 DC loads
• Clutch
• Solenoid
Light
• Motor
intensity
• Sensor, Etc.
sensor
MFC: Multi Function Controller.
sensor (PS1)
Initial activation
Scanning lamp (FL1)
Scanner motor (M4)
Fixing main heater (H1)
Controlled to 200˚C
Fixing sub heater (H2) yyyyyyyyyyy
,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,
yyyyyyyyyyy
Fixing drive motor (M3)
Primary charging
Grid bias
Developing bias (DC)
Bias roller
Transfer charging
Separation charging
VD VL
Surface potential measurement yyyyyyyy
,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,
yyyyyyyy
,,,,,,,,
yyyyyyyy
,,,,,,,,
yyyyyyyy
Primary, pre-transfer, transfer,
separation charging wire
cleaning motor
Figure 2-103
Period Description
WMUP (warm-up) From when the power switch is turned on to when the surface temperature of the
fixing assembly reaches 195°C.
WMUPR (warm- To execute potential stabilization control and surface potential control.
up rotation)
Table 2-107
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-5
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
Item Description
Power supply 38 V from the relay PCB.
Table 2-108
J1720 J611
38V
1 1
Relay PCB GND Drive circuit
2 2 Main motor
(M1)
2-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
J1009
J502 Liquid
Potential
lamp J1102
inverter PCB J1002 Page
J1405 J1402
J510 memory
J711
HV-AC HV-DC MFC PCB PCB
Image J354
PCB PCB J1406 J1110
J741 J723 server
J516 J1103
Environment J355
sensor PCB J1409
J302 J1403
Download
Note: The in the diagram indicates connection, NOT the flow of signals.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-7
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
J507
Scanner PS1 -A3 When the scanner is at its
home -A1 +5V home position, '1'. (The light
position -A2 PS1S
sensor
blocking plate is at PS1.)
J168
J167
J507
PS3 -A6 When the scanner is at the
Image +5V
leading edge -A4
PS3S
image leading edge position,
sensor -A5 '1'. (The light-blocking plate is at
J507 PS3.)
Copyboard PS4 -B10
J167
Fixing J508
PS8 -B6
cleaning belt -B5 +5V
Length -B4 PS8S When the fixing cleaning belt is
warning running out, '1'.
sensor J508
PS9 -A3
Internal -A2 +5V
delivery -A1 PS9S When paper is detected, '1'.
sensor
J508
PS10 -A9
External
J210
-A8 +5V
delivery -A7 PS10S When paper is detected, '1'.
sensor
J508
PS11 -A12
Fixing
feeding unit -A11 +5V
outlet sensor -A10 PS11S When paper is detected, '1'.
J3606
PS12 -3 J519
Duplexing
J340
2-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
J508
PS16 -A6
+5V
J180
Reversal -A5
sensor -A4
PS16S When paper is detected, '1'.
J510
PS17 -B9
Manual feed +5V
J224
-B8 PS17S When paper is detected, '1'.
tray paper -B7
sensor
+5V relay
PS18
J36036
-B15 J3601-1
(
PCB )
J519
Horizontal
J330
J334
PS19
No-stacking feed driver PCB relay
PCB ( ) J514
-A3 +5V
Waste toner J261 -A2
case full PS19S When the waste toner case is
-A1
sensor
J511 full, '1'.
PS20 -B3
Deck (right) +5V
-B2 PS20S When paper is detected, '1'.
pick-up -B1
sensor
J229
J511
PS21 -A7 +5V
Deck (right) -A6 PS21S
lifter sensor -A5 When the lifter is at the stop
J511 position, '1'.
PS22 -A10 +5V
Deck (right) -A9 PS22S
paper sensor -A8 When paper is detected, '1'.
J511
PS23 -B6
Deck (right) +5V
J229
pickup
-A7
PS25S When paper is detected, '1'.
sensor relay
PS26
J36033
-A17 J3601-1
+5V (
PCB )
J519
J366
PS27
No-stacking feed driver PCB relay
PCB ( ) J511
-B12 +5V
J229
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-9
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
J518
PS34 -B6 +5V
J314
Deck (left) -B5 PS34S
-B4 When the lifter is at the upper
limit sensor
J510
limit, '1'.
PS35 -B3 +5V
J222
Manual feed -B2 PS35S When paper is detected, '1'.
sensor -B1
J515
PS37 -B3 PS37S
Cassette 3
pickup -B2
sensor -B1 When paper is detected, '1'.
J515
PS38 -A7 PS38S
Cassette 3 -A6
lifter sensor -A5 When paper is detected, '1'.
J515
PS39 -A10 +5V
J281
-B5 PS47S
1 paper -B4 When paper is detected, '1'.
sensor
J516
Lower right PS48 -A3
-A2 +5V
J291
cover
open/closed -A1 PS48S When the lower right cover is
closed, '1'.
J290
sensor
J516
PS49 -B10 +5V
Vertical path
J303
2-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
J513
Deck (right ) PS51 -B10 PS PS Approx. level
paper level +5V
-B9
middle -B8
PS51S 51S 52S (sheets)
sensor
J258
J513 0 0 1~375
PS52 -B13 0 1 376~750
Deck (right) -B12 +5V
paper level PS52S 1 1 751~1500
high sensor -B11
J514
Deck (left) PS54 -B10
paper level -B9 +5V PS PS Approx. level
middle -B8 PS54S 54S 55S (sheets)
sensor
J268
J514 0 0 1~375
PS55 -B13 +5V
Deck (left) 0 1 376~750
paper level -B12 PS55S
high sensor -B11 1 1 751~1500
J502
Manual feed PS56 -A3
-A2 +5V
J101
tray cover
open/closed -A1
PS56S When the manual feed tray
sensor cover is closed, '1'.
PS57
Copyboard
glass sensor See "Outputs from the DC Controller PCB 3/7."
J249
MSW2S
J250
wire cleaner
HP detecting -A6
switch home position, '0'.
Front cover MSW7 J502
N.O.
open/closed -B17
J111
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-11
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
J503
-B1
+5V
J119
Original size SIZE1 -B2
sensor 1 -B3
SIZE1 When an original is detected, '0'.
J118
J117
J503
-B4 +5V
J120
J504
-B1 +5V
J136
J504
-B4
+5V
J137
J513
-B4 SV1-0
Cassette 3 -B5
J257
SV1 SV1-1
paper length -B6 0V
sensor -B7 +5V
J514
-A11 SV2-0
Cassette 4 -A12
J266
SV2-1
paper length SV2 -A13 0V
sensor -A14 +5V
SVR1 J510
-B6 +5V
Manual feed
J224
2-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
SVR2 J513
-B3 +5V
Cassette 3 paper
J256
width detecting -B2 SVR2
See D. "Detecting the Cassette
volume
-B1 Paper Size" in Chapter 7.
SVR3 J514
-A10 +5V
Cassette 4 paper
J265
-A9 SVR3
width detecting See D. "Detecting the Cassette
volume -A8 Paper Size" in Chapter 7.
J504
-B7 +5V
(hopper internal
J139
-B8 TS1S
toner sensor) TS1
-B9 When toner is absent, '0'.
J504
-B10 +5V
(hopper internal
J138
J140
-B11 TS2S
toner lower limit TS2
-B12 When toner is absent, '0'.
sensor)
J504
-B15 +5V
J142
thermistor TH1
-B8
J180
J187
J502
J2-1 J3-4 -A11 +24V
J2-2
Potential J2-4 Potential control J3-3 -A12 POT-ON When potential control is under
J108
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-13
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
J138
J141
drive clutch CL1 -B14
CL1-ON* When '0', CL1 turns on.
J509
-A4 +24V
Registration
J200
J198
J197
J509
Registration -B6 +24V
J207
Pre-registration CL5
clutch -A13
CL5-ON* When '0', CL5 turns on.
J513
Pre-registration -A10 +24V
J254
J271
+24V
tray pickup CL7 -A9
clutch CL7-ON* When '0', CL7 turns on.
J511
-A3 +24V
J229
J231
Vertical path 2
clutch CL9 -A7
CL9-ON* When '0', CL9 turns on.
J511
Deck (right) -A1 +24V
J229
J230
J515
-A3 +24V
J283
Vertical path 3
clutch CL13 -A4
CL13-ON* When '0', CL13 turns on.
J517
Cassette 4 -A1 +24V
J306
J517
-A3 +24V
J307
2-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
No-stacking feeding
J36033 driver PCB J322
-B9
J332
Lower feeding J519
CL16 -B10 J3602-B9 -B4
middle clutch CL16-ON* When '1', CL16 turns on.
J36033
-B7
J331
J330
Lower feeding J519
right clutch CL17 -B8 J3602-B10 -B3 CL17-ON*
[1] When '1', CL17 turns on.
J36033 +24V
-B11 J3601-3
Deck (left) J519
J333
Delivery speed
switching CL21 -A14
CL21-ON* When '0', CL21 turns on.
clutch
J508
-B11 +24V
Fixing inlet
J192
J193
J314
J305
Relay PCB
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-15
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
J512
-B9 M0LCK
-B10 M0-ON While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
J250
J249
Drum motor M0
M5
-B11 +5V While M0 is rotating, '1'.
-B8
-B12
J514
-B4 M1-FG
-B5 M1-ON While rotating, '1'
Main motor M1
M5
-B6 +5V While M1 is rotating, '1'.
-B3
-B7
J513
-A2 M2-FG
-A3 M2-ON While rotating, '1'.
Pickup motor M2 -A4 +5V While M2 is rotating, '1'.
-A1
-A5
J508
-A17 M3LCK
-A18 M3-ON While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
-A19 +5V While M3 is rotating, '1'.
J180
Fixing motor M5
M3 -A15
-A16
-A20
J762 J503
-4 -A7 M4F/H While rotating at high speed, '1'.
-3 -A8 M4LCK
J116
Laser scanner Laser scanner -2 -A9 M4-ON While rotating at constant speed,
M4 motor driver -1 -A10
motor
PCB
M4LCK is '0'.
+38V
0V While M4 is rotating, '1'.
J802 J506
PS57 J804 -12 -A1 0v
-3 +5V -11 -A2
Copyboard -2 GLS_DT -10 -A3
No use
glass sensor -OPT D0
-1 -9 -A4 -OPT D1
-8 -A5 -OPT D2
J158
J243
J124
J129
J104
2-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
Transfer/ J509 M9FW M9RV
separation -B4 M9RV 0 1 CCW(rear ➔ front)
J206
J197
charging wire M9 -B5 CW(front ➔ rear)
M9FW 1 0
cleaning motor
No-stacking feeding
J3603 driver PCB J36022 J519
-A6 -A5 -A8 See IV.C. "Controlling the
-A7 Motor -A6 -A7 DUPI-OFF
Duplexing -A8 -A7 -A6 DUPI-B Reversal Motor (M11)" in
J325
J322
-A2 Motor Duplexing Feeder Motor
-A2 DUPF-B
J324
J514
-B1 M14-ON
Deck (left)
M14
While M14 is rotating, '1'.
lifter motor -B2
J516
Cassette 3 -A4 M16-ON
While M16 is rotating, '1'.
J293
J516
Cassette 4 -B1 M17-ON While M17 is rotating, '1'.
J301
J504
-B18 M18+
J138
J143
Fixing -A6 FM2-ON While the fan is rotating, '1'. (24 V for
assembly heat -A5
discharge fan full speed, 12 V for half speed)
FM3 J504
-A10 FM3LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
J131
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-17
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
FM5 J503
-A1 FM5LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'
J113
Laser driver -A3 FM5-ON
cooling fan -A2
While the fan is rotating, 1'.
FM6 J509
-B11 FM6LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
J209 -B13 FM6-ON
De-curling While the fan is rotating, '1'.
fan -B12
J197
FM7 J509
-A8 FM7LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
J202
-A10
Drum fan FM8-ON While the fan is rotating, '1'.
-A9
(24 V for full speed, 12 V for half speed)
FM9 J507
-A7 FM9LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
J167
J175
J124
-A7
Pre-transfer FM10-ON While the fan is rotating, '1'.
charging fan -A6
(24 V for full speed, 12 V for half speed)
FM11 J505
-B1 FM11LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
-B3
Power supply
-B2
FM11-ON While the fan is rotating, '1'.
cooling fan 1 (24 V for full speed, 12 V for half speed)
J155
FM12 J505
-B4 FM12LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
Power supply -B6 FM12-ON While the fan is rotating, '1'.
cooling fan 2 -B5
(24 V for full speed, 12 V for half speed)
FM13 J509
-A11 FM13LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
J203
J197
-A13
Separation
-A12
FM13-ON While the fan is rotating, '1'.
fan (24 V for full speed, 12 V for half speed)
FM14 J504
-A16 FM14LCK While rotating at constant speed, '0'.
J131
J124
Pre-exposure
lamp
-A2
J1002 J506
J1003 -6 -B6 OV
-7 -B7 FL-CLK
Inverter -8 -B8
-1 FL-ERR
Scanning -2 PCB -9 -B9
DP1 -4
PRH-ON See III.'Controlling the Scanning
lamp -10 -B10 PRH-PWM
-5 -11 -B11
Lamp' in Chapter 3.
FL-ON
-12 -B12 OV
-13 -B13 FL-PWM
2-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PCB
J503
Total copy -B12
+24V
J121
counter CNT1 -B13
CNT1D When '0', the count is incremented.
J503
J65-1 -B11 CNT2D When '0', the count is incremented.
Accessories J63-1 J65-2 -B10
Accessories counter J65-3 +24V
counter CNT2 -B9 CNT2-B1
J63-2 PCD J65-4 -B8 CNT2-B2
J65-5 -B7
Some 230-V models only.
J503
Printer -B14 +24V
J121
counter CNT3
-B15 CNT3D When '0', the count is incremented.
J273 J510
Primary charging J731-1 -16 -A1
(grid wire)
(primary charging wire) T601 -15 -A2
-14 -A3
Transfer charging
T701 -13 -A4
-12 -A5
Dust collecting roller
J732-1 -11 -A6
-10 -A7
Developing assembly
J732-5 -9 -A8
HVT- See III. "Controlling the
-8 -A9
Fixing roller DC1
J733-1 -7 -A10 Charging mechanism" in
-6 -A11 Chapter 6.
Feeding guide
J733-3 -5 -A12
J734-1 -4 -A13
Pre-transfer charging
AC J734-5 -3 -A14
trans- J722-1
-2 -A15
Separation charging former HVT- J722-2
AC J722-3 -1 -A16
Separation claw
J737-1
J505
-A9 MHDTC
Main SSR1 -A10 MH-ON
H1
heater -A11 SH-ON
TA RL1
-A12 SHDTC
See III. "Controlling the Fixing
Sub H2 Thermistor Relay Temperature" in Chapter 8.
heater -A13 OV
-A14 24V
J512-13 +24V
Main power
J24
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 2-19
CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATIONS
DC controller PC
J507
J172-7 -B1
J172-6 -B2
J172-5 -B3
J167
J172-4 -B4
To ADF J172-3 -B5
J172-2 -B6
J172-1 -B7
J23-1 1
J34
2 J172-1 +24V
J23-2
-2
ADF connector of
the copier's back
Relay PCB
J505
J151-5 -A1
J151-4 -A2
J151-3 -A3
J151-2 -A4
To finisher J151-1 -A5
(accessory) J48-2
J48-1 J1723-8 +24V
-9
Finisher connector
of the copier's back
Relay PCB
J512
J152B-7 -A1
J152B-6 -A2
J152B-5 -A3
J239
J152B-4 -A4
J152B-3 -A5
To paper J152B-2 -A6
deck J152B-1 -A7
(accessory)
J152C-4 -1 +38V
J152C-3 -2 J172-3
J41
-3 -2 +24V
J152C-2
-1
Paper deck connector
on the copier's back
Relay PCB
2-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3
ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
This chapter provides descriptions on the operations and the functions of the
scanner drive mechanism and the original detection mechanism, relationship
between electrical and mechanical systems, and timing at which each associated
part is turned on.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
I . OPERATIONS
A. Outline
Table 3-101 shows the major functions of the original exposure system.
Item Description
Original illumination Illumination by a fluorescent lamp
Original scanning Book mode: scanning by the No. 1 mirror mount
ADF mode (one-side reading): scanning by stream reading (2 fixed points
of small-size reading and large-size reading)
ADF mode (double-sided reading): scanning by the No. 1 mirror mount
Scanner position By a scanner home position sensor (PS1)
detection By an image leading edge sensor (PS3)
Enlargement/reduction Main scanning direction: images are processed by a line memory
Sub scanning direction: No. 1 mirror mount is moved at different speeds
Scanner drive control No. 1 mirror mount: pulse control by a stepping motor (M5)
Lens mount: fixed in position
Scanning lamp control [1] Pre-heat control by a fluorescent lamp heater
[2] Pre-heat voltage control
[3] Initial activation control
[4] Intensity control by an intensity sensor
[5] Fluorescent lamp life detection
Original size detection [1] By an original size sensor
[2] By the ADF
Others Copyboard glass sensor (PS57)
Fluorescent lamp temperature sensor (H5): detects the temperature of the
fluorescent lamp heater
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-1
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Figure 3-101 shows the major components of the original exposure system.
No. 2 mirror
Image leading Small-size Large-size
edge stream reading stream reading
Scanning point point
lamp CCD
No. 1 mirror mount No. 1 mirror
Lens
No. 3 mirror
No. 2 mirror mount
Scanner home
position sensor No. 1 mirror mount
(PS1)
(reverse)
3-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
70˚C Controlled
Fluorescent lamp to 70˚C Controlled to 70˚C
heater (H5)
Scanning lamp pre-
heat voltage
1.5 sec
Scanning lamp
(FL1)
Initial activation OFSET GAIN
Shading correction
Scanner motor (M5)
Scanner HP sensor HP search
(PS1)
1st page image
Image leading edge leading edge
signal (ITOP)
Original
1) HP search at power-on
3) Pre-scanning
(speed used at 50% reduction)
4) Original scanning
(book mode)
185 mm
4) Original scanning Small-size position
(ADF mode; stream reading) (less than 216 mm long)
385 mm
4) Original scanning Large-size position
(ADF mode; stream reading) (216 mm or longer)
8000
Scanning speed (pps)
2000
1000
500
25%/reverse
3-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
(reverse)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-5
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
38 VU
-12 V
GND
GND
GND
12 V
For motor drive
5V
J801
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
J506A J802
0V
1 1
2 Not used 2 J803
OPT-D0
3 3 1 Scanner motor
DC controller PCB
OPT-D1 2
4 4
OPT-D2 3 M5
5 5
4
OPT-D3
6 6 5
OPT-CLK
7 7 Excitation
OPT-CCW
8 8 control
OPT-CD0
9 9
OPT-CD1
10 10
11 OPT-CD2 11 J804
OPT-DWN
12 12 0V
1
13 Not used 13 2 GLS_DT PS57
3 5V
Copyboard
glass sensor
Scanner motor driver PCB
When '1' power to Motor drive sync clock pulses; when '1',
the motor is cut. the motor is at rest. The motor starts to
rotate in response to clock pulses.
The current to the motor is In the absent of the
determined based on combinations copyboard glass,'1'.
of CD0 through CD2.
Used to switch the direction of motor rotation:
when '1', the scanner moves forward; when
'0', the scanner moves in reverse.
25%/reverse
3-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
E202 The No. 1 mirror mount does not reach the home position sensor within
(scanner home position a specific period of time.
detection error)
E204 [1] The image leading edge signal is not generated when the No. 1
(image leading edge mirror mount is moving forward.
detection error) [2] The image leading edge signal from the ADF is not generated in
stream reading mode.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-7
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
GND
Reference intensity
24 VU
38 VU
2 HEAT-ON
GND
FL-TH
3 J1001
DC controller PCB
4
0V 1 2
T1001
FL-REF
5
Transformer Fluorescent H5
6 0V 6 drive control lamp
FL-CLK Temperature
7 7 transformer sensor
FL-ERR
8 8 Activation J803
PRH-ON voltage
9 9 1
PRH-PWM Pre-heat Pre-heat voltage 2
10 10 output
11
FLON
11 control 3
0V 4
12 12 5
13 FL-PWM 13
Current
Output detection
J1002 control
Scanning
lamp
When '0', the
Light intensity
fluorescent Inverter PCB sensor
lamp turns on.
Fluorescent heater
Pulse signals. Changing the pulse When '0', pre-heat voltage is applied.
width increases/decreases the
intensity of light. Error detection
3-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-9
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Voltage Description
Standby Used to stabilize the heat inside the fluorescent lamp while
2.9 V
pre-heating the lamp is off.
Pre-heating Applied 1.5 sec immediately before turning on the
before 4.1 V fluorescent lamp, thereby shortening the time until optimum
activation intensity is attained.
Pre-heating 3.9 V to 3.8 V (optimum To stabilize the inside of the fluorescent lamp during
during level is applied to suit activation.
activation the measurement of the
light intensity sensor)
3-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
D. Initial Activation
The fluorescent lamp is turned on when the control panel power switch is turned on for the
following:
[1] To stabilize the inside of the fluorescent lamp in the shortest time possible.
[2] To check the intensity by the light intensity sensor to determine pre-heat voltage.
Intensity check
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-11
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
E. Detecting an Error
As part of controlling the fluorescent lamp, checks are made of the following:
[1] Remaining life of the fluorescent lamp (See Figure 3-305.)
[2] Activation error
[3] Thermistor error
E225
An error is indicated if the optimum
light intensity is not attained in 5
sec after activation.
E219
The fluorescent lamp is assumed to have reached
the end of its life upon detection of 170˚C or higher E219
during activation (requiring much power to attain
The fluorescent lamp is assumed to
an optimum level of intensity).
have reached the end of its life upon
E225 detection of 170˚C or higher during
If an optimum light intensity activation (requiring much power to
cannot be attained within 5 attain an optimum level of intensity).
sec after activation.
Main power Control panel Copy Start
switch ON power switch ON key ON
Detection
Intensity sensor
output (FLDTCT)
Scanning lamp
(FL1)
Temperature sensor
output (FL-TH)
3-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
E220 [1] While in standby, the scanning lamp turns on. (detected in reference
(activation error) to the voltage of FL-DTCT)
[2] During scanning, the scanning lamp turns off. (detected in reference
to the voltage of FL-DTCT)
E222 [1] When the main power switch is turned on, the temperature does not
(fluorescent lamp heater reach 70˚C or higher 5 min after the scanner heater has turned on
error) (HEAT-ON=1).
[2] While power is supplied, the temperature does not reach 75˚C or
more 3 min after the fluorescent lamp heater has turned on.
E211 [1] When the main power switch is turned on, the temperature does not
(thermistor open circuit) reach 10˚C or higher 2 min after the fluorescent heater has turned
on (HEAT-ON=1).
[2] While power is supplied, a temperautre of 0˚C or lower is detected.
E215 While the scanning lamp is off, a temperature of 170˚C or more is
(thermistor short circuit) detected.
E219 While the scanning lamp is on, a temperature of 170˚C or higher is
(scanning lamp end of life) detected by the thermistor.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-13
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Detection by
Original Sensors
AB/INCH
AB
INCH
AB/INCH
AB
3-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
V. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
The copier possesses the mechanical characteristics discussed in the following pages; go
through the instructions given when disassembling/assembling the copier's parts while keeping the
following in mind:
2. Assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble them, unless otherwise noted.
4. Do not leave out the toothed washer that comes with one of the mounting screws on the rear
cover to protect against static electricity.
5. Do not leave out the washer that comes with the screw used for the grounding wire and the
varistor to ensure electrical continuity.
6. Do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed, unless otherwise mentioned.
7. Turn off the front cover switch or the power switch before sliding out the duplexing feeding
unit or the fixing assembly.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-15
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
[4] [1]
Figure 3-A501
2) Remove the four screws [5], and detach
the scanning lamp inside cover [6].
[5] [6] [5]
Figure 3-A502
3-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
3) Move the No. 1 mirror mount [7] to where [7] [9] [8]
the scanning lamp inside cover has been
removed; then, remove the two screws
[8], and detach the anti-reflection plate
[9].
[8]
Figure 3-A503
Caution:
When mounting the anti-reflection plate,
be sure to fit it in the cut-offs (front, rear)
of the No. 1 mirror mount securely. Fur-
ther, be sure to fit the connector in step
4) in the anti-refection plate.
Cut-off (front)
Figure 3-A504
Figure 3-A505
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-17
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Figure 3-A506
Figure 3-A507
[13] [14]
Figure 3-A508
3-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Figure 3-A509
3. After Replacing the Scanning
Lamp
1) Execute
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ
in service mode.
2) When all items of
COPIER>ADJUST>CCD and data of
COPIER>ADJUST>LAMP>L-DATA
have been updated, record them on the
service label.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-19
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
[1]
[2]
Figure 3-B501
5) While pulling the scanner motor unit [3]
toward the front, detach the belt to detach [3]
the motor.
Adjustment:
When the position of the scanner motor
must be adjusted while mounting it, ad-
just the tension of the belt to 13±2N
(1.3±0.2 kgf) using a spring gauge.
Figure 3-B502
3-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Front
Figure 3-B504
[3]
Rear
Figure 3-B505
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-21
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
[3]
[8]
Fix
[5] temporarily.
[1]
[2]
[7]
[6]
Figure 3-B506
3-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
[5]
Front
Figure 3-B507
[4]
[5]
Rear
Figure 3-B508
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-23
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Front
Figure 3-B509
Rear
Figure 3-B510
13) Detach the mirror positioning tool.
14) Mount the parts back by performing steps
1) through 8) in reverse.
3-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Caution:
Do not disconnect the connector (con-
nected to the No. 1 mirror mount) of the
flexible cable unless you are replacing
the No. 1 mirror mount. (Do not discon-
nect the cable when cleaning the mirror.)
[2]
[1]
Figure 3-B511
Figure 3-B512
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-25
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
4) Peel off the warning label from the flex- Warning label
ible cable. Flexible cable
Figure 3-B513
Fixing plate
(before being
released)
Fixing plate
(after being
released)
Figure 3-B514
3-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Caution:
• When mounting, be sure to butt the
flexible cable fully against the rear,
and push in the fixing plate while hold-
ing it level.
• When pushing in the fixing plate, do not
touch the reflecting plate.
Boss Boss
Flexible cable
Figure 3-B515
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-27
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
C. PCBs
1. Removing the Light Intensity [1]
Control PCB
1) Remove the right glass retainer.
2) Remove the copyboard glass.
3) Remove the screw [1] from the No. 1 mir-
ror mount; then, while pushing down the
three claws, free the intensity control PCB Claw
holder.
Figure 3-C501
[2]
[3]
[4]
Figure 3-C502
3-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Figure 3-C503
Inverter unit
Hook (left)
Inverter unit
Hook (right)
Figure 3-C504
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-29
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
3) Remove the six screws [4], and detach the [4] [4] [4]
inverter PCB [5].
[5] [4]
Figure 3-C505
3-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
D. Others
1. Removing the Original Size
Sensor (1/2)
1) Remove the copyboard glass.
2) Move the No. 1 mirror mount to the right
end.
3) Remove the two screws [1], and discon-
nect the connector [2]; then, detach the
original sensor unit [3].
Figure 3-D501
Figure 3-D502
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-31
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
[2]
[1]
Figure 3-D503
[5]
Figure 3-D504
3-32 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
[2]
Figure 3-D505
Figure 3-D506
Figure 3-D507
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-33
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Figure 3-D508
[2]
Figure 3-D509
3) Disconnect the connector [5], and remove
the screw [6]; then, detach the image lead-
ing edge sensor [7].
[6]
[7] [5]
Figure 3-D510
3-34 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
[1]
Figure 3-D511
[2]
Figure 3-D512
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 3-35
CHAPTER 3 ORIGINAL EXPOSURE SYSTEM
3-36 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4
IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
I . OUTLINE
Table 4-101 shows the major functions of the image processing system.
Item Description
CCD Number of CCD lines: 1
Number of pixels: 7500
Size of a CCD pixel: 7 × 7 µm
AE [1] Priority on speed by ABC processing
[2] Priority on image quality by pre-scanning
Shading correction [1] Shading adjustment in service mode
[2] Shading correction executed for each copy
Binary processing [1] Text/photo mode, text mode by random error diffusion (R-ED) method
[2] Print photo mode by screen dither processing
Memory size [1] Page Memory (DRAM)
18 MB (equivalent of 4 A4 originals; not compressed)
[2] Image server (hard disk)
2 GB (equivalent of 1,920 A4 originals; compressed)
Others [1] Original orientation detection
[2] Black pixel count
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-1
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Figure 4-101 shows the functional construction of the image processing system.
CCD
A-D conversion
CCD PCB
IP PCB
MFC PCB
To laser driver
PCB
Data transfer control
System motherboard
Image server
Hard disk
PDL board
4-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Table 4-102 shows the functions of each PCB used in the image processing system.
PCB Description
CCD PCB [1] CCD driver
[2] Analog image processing
[3] A/D conversion
IP (image processor) PCB Digital processing (for scanner input)
MFC (multi-function controller) PCB Digital image processing (PDL input)
System motherboard Relays image signals.
PDL board Converts PDL data into a format that can be
processed by the copier.
Memory board (DRAM) Page memory of last images
Image server (hard disk) Stores image data that has been read in sequence.
The functions of each PCB given in the above table are limited to those relating to image processing.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-3
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Data for generating sync, pulses for the reader Clock, pulses for data reading
37 37
AE P-LNG
42 42
procession P-WD
43 43
A/D (ABC circuit)
conversion
8 3 3
Digital image signal
13 13
4-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Original
White
Original
White density
A higher setting produces darker
text.
A lower setting produces lighter text.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-5
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
PCB Description
IP (image processor) [1] Digital Image Processing (for scanner input)
PCB • Shading correction
• Enlargement/reduction (main scanning direction)
• Edge emphasis
• Binary processing
• AE processing (density correction curve)
• Negative/positive reversal
• Frame erasing
• Rotation
• Smoothing
[2] Compression/decompression
[3] Data transfer control
MFC (multi-function controller) [1] Digital Image Processing (for PDL input)
PCB • Enlargement/reduction (main/sub scanning direction)
[2] Data transfer control
System motherboard Relays image signals.
PDL board Converts PDL data into a format that can be
processed by the copier.
Memory board (DRAM) Page Memory: 18 MB
(equivalent of 4 A4 originals; not compressed)
Image server Stores image data that has been read in sequence.
(hard disk) 2 GB (1,920 A4 originals; compressed)
4-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
B. Image Processing Functional
Block
CCD PCB
Shading correction
Enlargement/reduction
Binary processing (text, text / photo mode) (main / sub scanning direction)
Frame erasing on data after image Binary processing
memory output (print photo mode)
(by printer clock, pulses)
1. Sheet frame erasing Line conversion
2. Binding
Frame erasing Data transfer control
To laser driver
PCB Frame erasing Rotation
Smoothing Compression /
de-compression
Converts binary data of Memory control
Black pixel count DRAM Hard disk
600×600-dpi into 1200×600-dpi.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-7
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
C. Shading Correction
Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.B. "Shading Correction"
Shading Correction
1. Offset Correction
CCD PCB
Turns the minimum outputs of the CCD while the
CCD fluorescent lamp is off to '0'.
2. Scanning Lamp Intensity Adjustment
Turns on the fluorescence lamp, and adjusts its
Odd-numbered Even-numbered pixels
activation voltage so that the maximum output of the
pixels Analog image signal CCD in response to standard white paper will be
'255'.
Analog signal processing block 3. Offset Correction Value
1. Gain correction Stores the difference between '0' and the output of
2. Offset correction each CCD cell while the fluorescent lamp is off.
4. Target Level Correction Value
Stores the difference between light reflected by
A/D conversion A/D conversion
standard white plate and standard white paper.
8 8 Digital image
signal
Data for gain/offset adjustment
AD-DT
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-9
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
D. Line Conversion
In this block even-numbered/odd-numbered pixels (parallel processing) are converted into
even-numbered/odd-numbered lines (parallel processing) for division into two channels (lasers A
and B).
3750 pixels
CCD
1st line 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7497 7498 7499 7500
Feeding direction
Analog image processing block
CCD PCB
Image
Even-numbered /
odd-numbered pixels
1st line
Shading correction
Line conversion
Even-numbered /
odd-numbered lines
Feeding direction
IP PCB Image
2nd line
1st line
7500 pixels
2nd line 1' 2' 3' 4' 5' 6' 7497' 7498' 7499' 7500'
(even-numbered line; for laser B)
4-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
E. Editing
The digital image processing block performs the following editing functions:
[1] Enlargement/reduction Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.D.1. "Enlargement/Reduction
(main scanning direction) Processing"
[2] Edge emphasis Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.E.2. "AI Outline Processing"
[3] Negative/positive reversal Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.F.1. "Negative/Positive Reversal"
[4] Frame Erasing
[5] Rotation
[6] Shift Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.D.2. "Shift"
[7] Layout
[8] Image synthesis
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-11
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
F. Density Processing
1. Outline
The digital image processing block performs the following density processing:
[1] LOG conversion Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.G.1. "Logarithmic Correction"
[2] Density correction Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.G.2. "Density Processing"
[3] AE processing Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.G.2. "Density Processing"
[4] Density adjustment Volume 3>Chapter 4>IV.G.2. "Density Processing"
[5] Density adjustment during printing
Of the foregoing functions, 1. through 4. are performed when scanner input image data is being
read, and 5. is performed when printing scanner input image data/PDL input image data.
Edge emphasis
Identifies the type of original by
Multiple-value data pre-scanning, and selects the best AE
table. (AE with priority on image quality)
AE processing (AE table)
Converts image signals possessing intensity
data representing reflected light into image
LOG conversion (LOG table) signals possessing data representing toner
Density adjustment density.
when reading data
Density adjustment (F value table) Selects an F value table to suit the Copy
Density key setting on the control panel.
Binary processing
Binary data
Density adjustment
when printing data Density adjustment (laser power/developing bias)
4-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
White
F9 F1
Copy density
Black Original density White
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-13
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
4-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
G. Binary Processing
The copier performs binary processing for the following:
[1] Print photo mode (dither screen method)
[2] Text, text/photo mode, print photo mode (R-ED, i.e., random error diffusion, method)
4 pixels
8 pixels
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-15
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Step 1
Step 2
Error Diffusion Matrix (fixed pattern)
Each error is diffused (distributed)
×0.05
to the surrounding pixels according to the
×0.01 ×0.1
×0.05 ×0.2
ratio of the error diffusion matrix.
×0.2
×0.1 ×0.1 ×0.1
×0.03 ×0.05 Pixel in question (e.g., density at 135)
×0.01
When the slice level used for binary
processing is 128, this pixel will be a black
pixel (255).
In this case, the diffusion will be 125 (255 -
135).
Black(255) Error
White(0)
4-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
H. Image Memory
The copier is equipped with the following image memory:
[1] Image server (hard disk)
[2] Memory board (DRAM; page memory)
MFC PCB
Rotation
Memory board
Compression / Data transfer
Memory
DRAM expansion control
control
Black density
count
To image server
Page memory to enable
synchronization of image Hard disk
signals for each page.
Image data
Hard disk
De-compression
Develops and stores images in page
Memory board memory to enable synchronization
of image signals for each page.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-17
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
4-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
270˚
90˚
180˚
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-19
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Image
leading edge
Original
4-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
IV . DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
The copier possesses the mechanical characteristics discussed in the following pages; go
through the instructions given when disassembling/assembling the copier's parts while keeping the
following in mind:
2. Assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble them, unless otherwise noted.
4. Do not leave out the toothed washer that comes with one of the mounting screws on the rear
cover to protect against static electricity.
5. Do not leave out the washer that comes with the screw used for the grounding wire and the
varistor to ensure electrical continuity.
6. Do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed, unless otherwise mentioned.
7. Turn off the front cover switch or the power switch before sliding out the duplexing feeding
unit or the fixing assembly.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-21
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
A. CCD PCB
1. Removing the CCD PCB
[1] [3]
1) Remove the copyboard glass.
2) Move the No. 1 mirror mount to the left
end.
3) Remove the two screws [1], and discon-
nect the connector [2]; then, detach the
original sensor unit (rear) [3].
[2]
[1]
Figure 4-A401
4) Release the front and rear claws, and de-
tach the CCD cover [4].
Claw
[4]
Figure 4-A402
4-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
[6] [5]
Figure 4-A403
[7]
Figure 4-A404
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-23
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
[2]
[1]
Figure 4-B401
4) Remove the two screws [4], and detach
the flat cable [5].
[4] [4]
[5]
Figure 4-B402
4-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
5) Remove the four screws [6], and detach [6] [7] [6]
the image processor cover [7].
Caution:
At this time, take care not to damage the
flat cable removed in step 4).
[6] [6]
Figure 4-B403
Caution:
At this time, take care not to damage the
connector [12] of the image processor
PCB and the original orientation PCB
[11].
[10]
[10] [9] [9] [10] [12] [11]
Figure 4-B404
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-25
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
[2] [2]
[3]
Figure 4-C401
5) Remove the four screws [4], and take out
the hard disk (image sever) [3].
[4] [4]
[3]
4-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
D. Others
1. Removing the System Motherboard [2] [1] [3]
1) Remove the rear cover.
2) Remove the three flat cables [1] and three
screws [2]; then, open the system box [3].
[2]
[2] [1]
Figure 4-D401
3) Disconnect the three connectors [4], and
remove the four screws [5]; then, detach
the motherboard [6]. [5] [6] [5]
Figure 4-D402
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-27
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Figure 4-D403
[3]
[1]
Figure 4-D404
4-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
[4]
[4]
[4]
[5]
Figure 4-D405
[2]
[1]
Figure 4-D406
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-29
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Figure 4-D407
[6] [5]
Figure 4-D408
[7]
Figure 4-D409
4-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 4 IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM
Figure 4-D410
7) Remove the four screws [11], and detach [11] [12] [11]
the image processor cover [12].
Caution:
Take care not to damage the flat cable re-
moved in step 6).
[11] [11]
Figure 4-D411
Caution:
Take care not to damage the connector
[15] of the image processor PCB and the
original orientation detection PCB [14].
Figure 4-D412
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 4-31
CHAPTER 5
LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
I . OPERATIONS
A. Outline
Volume 4>Chapter 4>I.A. "Outline"
Item Description
Laser intensity control [1] APC control
[2] Optimum intensity control to suit the surface potential of the drum
Laser scanning By 2 laser semiconductors (laser A, B)
Synchronization control Main scanning direction: by BD signal (based on laser B)
Sub scanning direction: by PTOP signal
(image leading edge signal in page memory)
Laser scanner motor [1] Constant speed rotation control
control [2] Full-speed/wait rotation switching
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-1
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Figure 5-101 shows the major components of the laser exposure system.
To accommodate the increase in copying speed, laser scanning is performed by two beams
(lasers A and B).
80 µm Laser A
8-facet mirror
Laser unit
Imaging lens
Laser mirror
BD PCB
BD mirror
Photosensitive drum
Laser A
A
Laser B B
18 pixels
(760µm)
5-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
The laser A and the laser B have a discrepancy of 80 µm (between light-emitting sections) as
follows:
80µm
Figure 5-102
A delay is initiated in the image signals on the image processor PCB to generate a delay of 760
µm (equivalent of 18 pixels) at time of scanning the drum, thereby preventing interference of laser
beams.
Figure 5-103
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-3
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Image leading edge signal in When the surface temperature of the fixing roller reaches 195˚C,
page memory full-speed rotation is stated. (for potential control)
BD signal
Laser B
1 scan
Detects the laser B. Activation for potential control
5-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
8-facet mirror
Imaging lens
Laser mirror
BD PCB
BD mirror
Photosensitive drum
1 5
generation
GND
BD 2 4 generation CLK-B Laser
5V
detection 3
GND
3 driver
4 2
PCB -5V CLK-A PSYNC-A VIDEO-A
5 1 CLK-A
J3701 generation
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-5
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Laser B
Note that the laser A move in sync with the laser B.
E100 [1] If the BD signal is not detected within a specific period of time.
(BD error) [2] See the descriptions under III.C "Controlling the Laser Intensity."
5-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
-8V
8V
GND
GND
GND
Image signals for the laser B The laser diode is turned on
to suit the image signal.
Laser driver PCB 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
J1106 J1301
1 1 Laser B
VIDEO-B
LD-B
16 16
17 CLK-B
17
20 20 Intensity monitor
21 CLK-A 21
Image processor PCB
24 24
LD-A
25 25
VIDEO-A
40 40 Laser A
J1353
J1107
J1354
10 Light intensity 10
control signal EEPROM
18 18
1 Activation control 1
signal
9 9
19 19
30 30
Laser driver PCB 2
[2]
VR for image area activation adjustment
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-7
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
5V
-8V
8V
GND
GND
GND
Laser activation
signal for sampling
Laser driver PCB 1
1 2 3 4 56
J1301
J1107 J1354
GND
1 1
GND
2 2
Not used
3 3 Laser B
SH-D-B
4 4
LD-B
RST-B
5 5
LD-DWN
6 6
Not used
7 7
SH-D-A
Intensity monitor
Image processor PCB
8 8
RST-A
9 9
LD-A
10 10
Intensity control signal
Laser A
18 18
GND
19 19
LD-EN-B
20 20
LD-EN-A
21 21
22
LD-OFF-B
22 To LD-A/B
LD-OFF-A
23 23
Not used
24 24
BSH-B
25 25
BSH-A
26 26
27
SH-B
27 To LD-A/B
28 SH-A 28
GND
29 29
GND
30 30
Laser driver PCB 2
When the laser OFF signal is '1' , the laser turns off.
5-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
COPIER>FUNCTION>LASER>POWER- Use this mode to turn on the laser when checking laser
A,B activation.
(laser power adjustment activation)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-9
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
-8V
8V
control is written into the GND
GND
GND
EEPROM.
Laser driver PCB 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
J1301
J1107
LD-B Laser B
Intensity monitor
Image processor PCB
LD-A
J1354
1 1
Laser A
9 9
GND
10 10
LD-DT1
11 11
LD-DT2
12 12 To
SK EEPROM
13 13
CS
14 14
For laser B
15 GND 15
GND EEPROM
16 16
L-RDY-B
17 17 For laser A
L-RDY-A
18 18 EEPROM
19 19
30 30
Laser driver PCB 2
5-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
E102 The value (LD-DT1) written to the EEPROM and the value read (LD-
(EEPROM write error) DT2) do not match.
E100 [1] See the descriptions under II. "Generating the BD Signal."
(laser intensity error) [2] The intensity of the laser fails to reach a specific level.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-11
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Relay PCB
J1715
38V 0V
When '0', full-speed rotation; when '1', wait state rotation.
J761
1 2 3
J763
1
J503 J762
SP-SEL
Laser scanner M4
7
LM-RDY*
4
motor driver 11 Drive
signal
8 3 Laser scanner
LM-ON
9 2
0V motor
DC controller PCB
10 1
E110 [1] LM-RDY* goes '1' when the motor is rotating (i.e., when LM-ON
(laser scanner rotation speed is '0').
error) [2] LM-RDY* does not go '0' within a specific period of time.
5-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
V . DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
The copier possesses the mechanical characteristics discussed in the following pages; go
through the instructions given when disassembling/assembling the copier's parts while keeping the
following in mind:
2. Assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble them, unless otherwise noted.
4. Do not leave out the toothed washer that comes with one of the mounting screws on the rear
cover to protect against static electricity.
5. Do not leave out the washer that comes with the screw used for the grounding wire and the
varistor to ensure electrical continuity.
6. Do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed, unless otherwise mentioned.
7. Turn off the front cover switch or the power switch before sliding out the duplexing feeding
unit or the fixing assembly.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-13
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
A. Laser Unit
1. Removing the Laser Unit
1) Remove the copyboard glass.
2) Move the No. 1 mirror mount to the left
end.
3) Remove the original sensor unit (rear).
(See Figure 4-B401.)
4) Remove the CCD unit. (See Figure 4-
A403.)
5) Remove the image processor PCB. (See
Figure 4-B404.)
6) Remove the screw [1], and detach the im-
age processor PCB support plate [2]. [2] [1]
Figure 5-A501
7) Remove the six screws [3], and detach the
laser driver PCB cover [4]. [3]
[3]
[4] [3]
Figure 5-A502
5-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
[6] [5]
Figure 5-A503
Figure 5-A504
2. After Replacing the Laser Unit
See F. "Laser Exposure System" under II.
in Chapter 13.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-15
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
B. BD Unit
1. Removing the BD Unit
1) Open the front cover. [1] [2] [2] [2] [1]
2) Slide out the process unit. (See Figures 6-
D701 through -D702.)
3) Remove the three screws [1], and discon-
nect the seven connectors [2]; then, re-
move the fan (primary charging, scanner
cooling, polygon mirror) unit [3].
[1] [3]
Figure 5-B501
Figure 5-B502
Caution:
Be sure to mark the position of the screw
[4] with a scriber before loosening it.
[4] [5]
Figure 5-B503
5-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 5 LASER EXPOSURE SYSTEM
Figure 5-B504
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 5-17
CHAPTER 6
IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
I . PROCESSES
A. Outline
Table 6-101 shows the major functions of the image formation system.
Item Pre-exposure
Pre-exposure LED array (64 LEDs)
ON/OFF control
Primary charging DC constant current control (switched among 3 settings in service
mode)
Grid bias DC constant voltage control (determined by potential control)
Developing bias AC constant voltage control (ON/OFF control only)
DC constant voltage control (determined by potential control)
Dust-collecting roller DC constant voltage control (ON/OFF control only; +1000 V)
bias
Pre-transfer charging AC constant current control (fuzzy control by an environment
sensor)
DC constant voltage control
Transfer guide bias DC constant voltage control (switched according to
control temperature/humidity)
Transfer charging DC constant current control (fuzzy control by an environment
sensor)
Separation charging DC constant current control (fuzzy control by an environment
sensor and toner deposit)
AC constant voltage control
Potential [1] Setting the optimum grid bias.
[2] Setting the optimum laser output.
[3] Setting the optimum developing bias (DC).
Wire auto cleaning [1] Primary charging wire
[2] Pre-transfer charging wire
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-1
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-101 shows the major components of the image formation system.
Set-up cartridge
Hopper
Cleaner unit
Developing assembly
Dust-collecting roller
6-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Drum motor(M0)
Potential sensor
Pre-exposure
lamp
Primary charging
bias (DC)
Grid bias
Developing
clutch (CL4)
Developing
bias (AC)
Developing
bias (DC)
Dust-collecting
roller bias (DC)
Pre-transfer
charging bias
(AC + DC)
Transfer guide
bias (DC)
Transfer
charging bias
(DC)
Separation
charging bias
(AC + DC)
Executed according to the setting in service mode Charge-up sequence is executed here even if
(COPIER>OPTION>BODY>DRUM-IDL). idle rotation sequence is not executed.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-3
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
6-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
II . POTENTIAL CONTROL
A. Outline
Volume 2>Chapter 4>I.B. "Controlling the Surface Potential of the Drum"
Laser light
Potential sensor
DC controller PCB
Grid wire
High-voltage DC PCB
DC bias
Control
signal
al
DC bias
sign
ction
DC bias Developing cylinder
Potential control
Dete
J3
0V
14 1
POT-DT
13 2
POT-ON
12 3
11 24 VU
PCB
4
J502
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-5
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-202 shows the basic sequence (timing) of operations related to potential control.
Drum motor(M0)
Primary
charging bias
(DC) Fixed value
Grid bias
Laser
Developing bias
AC bias (AC)
Developing bias
(DC)
To prevent stray toner, the developing bias
is turned off for non-image areas.
10 min 60 min
Potential
Main power Potential control for Copy Start Potential Potential
switch ON control transparency key ON control control
6-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-7
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
VD3
VD2 Charging
VD1 characteristic curve
If the target VD is attained basde on this
measurement, control is ended; otherwise,
500V 600V 700V corrective control will start.
Grid bias
195˚C 200˚C
WMUP WMUPR STBY
Measurement
Measurement Measurement Measurement
(VD2)
Potential sensor (VD1) (VD3) (targetVD)
Primary charging
bias (DC)
Grid bias
500 V 600 V 700 V Vg
195˚C 200˚C
WMUP WMUPR STBY
Potential
VD-NG VD1 VD2 VD3 VD8
sensor
Primary charging
bias (DC)
Grid bias
500V 600V 700V Vg Vg1 Vg2 Vg3 Vg8
6-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
VL3
VL2 If the target VL is obtained at
VL1 this measurement, control is
ended; otherwise, corrective
Reference output -10% -20% control is stated.
Laser output
195˚C 200˚C
195˚C 200˚C
WMUP WMUPR STBY
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-9
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Potential sensor
Vg
VD
Vdc
195˚C 200˚C
WMUP WMUPR STBY
VD VL
Potential sensor
Optimum grid Optimum laser output
bias determined determined
Laser
Pw
Grid bias
Vg Vg Pw Vdc
Potential determined
6-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
VD VL Vdc
corrective corrective corrective
value value value
+100V
Potential control
Transparency potential
sequence started
control sequence started
195˚C 200˚C
WMUP WMUPR STBY
VD VL VLohp
Potential sensor
Transparency mode
Laser laser power determined
Vg Pw
Pwohp
Grid bias
Vg Pw Pwohp
Potential determined
Vdc
Potential control
sequence started
Main power switch Transparency mode
Set OFF/ON potential control
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-11
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Purpose Correction
Density adjustment To enable reproduction of fine lines Correct the laser power/developing
during printing (PDL (PDL data from a computer) to suit bias according to the F setting.
input) the needs of the user.
Density correction To attain density levels suited to the Corrects the laser power/developing
during printing (scanner needs of the user. bias according to the F setting.
input)
During operation in high To prevent decreases in density Corrects the laser power/developing
humidity mode (caused by a lower developing bias according to the environment.
efficiency because of moist toner or
a lower transfer efficiency caused
by moist paper).
6-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
VD VL
Potential sensor
Laser
Vg Pw
Grid bias
Vg Pw Vdc
Potential determined
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-13
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
VD VL
Potential sensor
Laser
Vg Pw
Grid bias
Vg Pw
Potential determined
Vdc
Copy Start
key ON
6-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
VD VL
Potential sensor
Laser
Vg Pw
Grid bias
Vg Pw
Potential determined
Vdc
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-15
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-301 shows the construction of the primary charging control system.
When an overcurrent or an
800µA
undercurrent is detected, '0'. Relay PCB
24 VH
24 VH
PR-CNT
1 2 3 4
Primary charging wire
J510A J723
0V T601
1 16 Grid wire
HVDC-EN
2 15
PR-CNT
3 14
PR-ERR
4 13
J731
High-voltage DC PCB
GRD-CNT
5 12
DC controller PCB
6 11
7 10
8 9
9 8
10 7
11 6
12 5 The grid bias varies as follows
13 according to GRD-CNT potential.
4
14 3 900V
15 2
Grid bias
16 1
400V
3V 11V 12V
GRD-CNT
6-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-17
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
J502A
1 When '1', the wire cleaner moves toward the front.
...
PRWC-RV
DC controller PCB
7
PRWC-FV
8
0V
9
PRWC-HP
10
...
Home position
sensor (MSW4)
fro Primary charging
nt
wire cleaning
motor (M8)
Wire cleaner
Timing of Cleaning
[1] The surface temperature of the fixing roller is 100˚C or lower when the control panel power switch is
turned on.
[2] The wire cleaning mechanism is turned on in user mode.
[3] At the end of LSTR after making 2000 prints following wire cleaning.
E060 The wire cleaner does not reach the home position within a
(wire cleaner HP error) specific period of time.
6-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
4. Others
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-19
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-303 shows the construction of the dust-collecting roller bias control system.
Relay PCB
24 VH
24 VH
When '1', high-voltage
output is ready.
GND
GND
1 2 3 4
J510A J723
0V J732
1 16
HVDC-EN 1 DC 1000V
2 15
2
3 14 3
Dust-collecting
High-voltage DC PCB
4 13
roller
5 12
DC controller PCB
6 11
7 10
When '1',
8 the dust-collecting 9
9 roller bias turns on. 8
10 7
11 6
12 5
13 4
14 3
15 2
16 1
6-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-304 shows the construction of the pre-transfer charging control system.
J721
J723 1 2 3 4
J510A
0V
1 16
HVDC-EN
2 15
3 14
4 When '1', 13
High-voltage DC PCB
high-voltage AC
DC controller PCB
5 12
6 output is ready. 11 J734
5
7 10 4
8 9 3
AC transformer
9 8 2
High-voltage
10
HVAC-EN
7 1
11 PTDC-CNT AC+DC
6
1 1
High-voltage
12 5 HVAC-ON J742
PT/SP-ERR 2 2
AC PCB
13 4 24VP
3 3
14 3 GND
4 4
15 2 GND
5 5
16 1 J722 J741
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-21
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Low High
humidity humidity
6-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
1
2
1 0V
3
DC controller PCB
PSTWC-HP
4
PSTWC-FW
8
PSTWC-RV
9
fro
nt
Wire Pre-transfer
charging wire
cleaning motor
(M7)
Wire cleaner
Timing of Cleaning
[1] The surface temperature of the fixing roller is 100˚C or lower when the control panel power switch
is turned on.
[2] The wire cleaning mechanism is turned on in user mode.
[3] At the end of LSTR after making 2000 prints following wire cleaning.
E066 The wire cleaner does not reach the home position in a
(wire cleaner home position error) specific period of time.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-23
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
4. Others
6-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Relay PCB
24 VH
24 VH
When '1', high voltage output is ready.
GND
GND
1 2 3 4
J510A J723
0V
1 16
HVDC-EN
2 15
3 14
4 13
High-voltage DC PCB
DC controller PCB
5 12
6 11
7 10
8 When '1', the transfer 9
guide bias turns on.
9 8
10 7 J733
11 6 1
DC 600V/200V
12 2
5
13 4
14 3 Transfer guide
15 FGD-ON 2
16 FGD-CNT 1
'1' : +200V
'0' : +600V
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-25
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
6-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-309 shows the construction of the transfer charging control system.
Relay PCB
24 VH
24 VH
When '1', high voltage output is ready.
GND
GND
1 2 3 4
J510A
0V
1 1
HVDC-EN
2 2
3 3
High-voltage DC PCB
4 4
DC controller PCB
5 5
TR-CNT
6 6
7 TR-ERR 7
T701
8 8
9 9 Transfer charging wire
10 10
11 11
12 12
The transfer current varies as follows
13 13
according to the TR-CNT potential.
14 14
15 15 TR-CNT
16 16 3V 11V 12V
Transfer
current
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-27
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
-650
current (µA)
Transfer
-150
Low High
humidity humidity
6-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
20 mm
Paper
Feeding direction
High humidity
Table 6-302
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-29
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
0V
6
TSWC-HP
7
13
Wires
Wire cleaner
Transfer
Home position
DC controller PCB
charging
assembly sensor (MSW6)
Transfer/separation
Separation charging wire
charging rea cleaning motor (M9)
r
assembly
fro
nt
1 J509B
TSWC-RV
4
TSWC-FW
5
13
When '1', the wire cleaner moves toward the front.
Timing of Cleaning
1. The surface temperature of the fixing roller is 100˚C or lower when the control panel power switch is
turned on.
2. The wire cleaning mechanism is turned on in user mode.
3. At the end of LSTR after making 2000 prints following wire cleaning.
E063 The cleaner does not reach the home position within a
(wire cleaner home position error) specific period of time.
6-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
5. Others
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-31
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-313 shows the construction of the control system for the separation charging mecha-
nism.
500µA
GND
GND
J721
J723 1 2 3 4
J510A
0V Separation
1 16
HVDC-EN charging wire
2 15
3 14
4 13
When '1',
5 12
High-voltage DC PCB
high-voltage
DC controller PCB
6 11 J734
AC output is 5
7 ready 10 4
8 9 3
High-voltage AC
9 8 2
HVAC-EN 1
10 7
11 AC+DC
6 HVAC-CNT
SPDC-CNT
High-voltage AC
1 1
12 5 HVAC-ON J742
PT/SP-ERR 2 2
PCB
13 4 24VP
transformer
HVAC-CNT 3 3
14 3 GND
4 4
15 2 GND
5 5
16 1 J722 J741
When an overcurrent When '1', high- The AC bias voltage level varies
or an under current is voltage output according to the HVAC-CNT potential.
detected, '1'. turns on.
12KVPP
A voltage input between 0 and 12 V, used to control
the current level of the separation bias.
8KVPP
3V 11V 12V
HVAC-CNT
6-32 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
2. Correcting the Output to Suit the Environment and the Toner Deposit
The separation current output is controlled to an optimum level to suit the environment (condi-
tions identified by the data from the environment sensor) and the toner deposit (low, average, or
high based on the count of black pixels).
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-33
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
6-34 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
4. Others
COPIER>ADJUST>HV-SP>SP-N2
(output adjustment on 2nd side of
double-sided print; plain paper)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-35
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
IV . DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY
A. Outline
Volume 3>Chapter 6>II.B.D. "Developing Assembly"
Toner cartridge
M6
Toner feeder motor
(inside the cartridge)
Toner feeding screws
6-36 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
J504B
1
24VU
MGR-CL-ON To CL1
13
14 Toner feed motor
The motor turns on
(inside the hopper)
HM-ON
in response to 24 V.
18
19
0V M18
Toner feeding screw
Magnet roller CL1
J512A
drive clutch
DC controller PCB
1
Developing cylinder
24VU
11
DEV-CL-ON Magnet roller
12
13
14 When '0', the Main motor
clutch turns on. Toner stirring screw
M1 CL4
J514B
1 Developing cylinder clutch
2
0V
3
MM-FG
4
MM-ON
5
5V
6
0V
7
14
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-37
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
PS59
MSW1
J512B
1
DC controller PCB
CRGDR-OPN
2
5V
3
CRGM-ON
4
0V
5
5V
6
CRG-DTC
7 Toner cartridge motor drive switch
When the door is open, power to
14 the motor is stopped.
Cartridge sensor
Figure 6-403
6-38 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Relay PCB
24 VH
24 VH
When '1', developing
AC bias is generated.
GND
GND
AC output 1000 Vpp
1 2 3 4
J721
J510A J723
0V
1 16 J732
HVDC-EN
2 15
3 14
4 13
High-voltage DC PCB
5 12
DC controller PCB
6 11
7 10
8 DEV-AC-ON 9
Developing cylinder
9 DEV-DC-CNT 8
10 7
11 6
12 5
13 4
The developing DC bias varies as
14 3 follows according to the DEV-DC-CNT
15 2 potential.
16 1
Developing DC bias
500V
image area
Non-image
area
A voltage input between 0
and 12 V, used to control the When '1', developing AC
3V 11V 12V
voltage level of the bias is generated.
DEV-DC-CNT
developing DC bias.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-39
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
COPIER>ADJUST>DEVELOP> If you have replaced the MFC PCB or initialized the RAM on
DE-DC the MFC PCB, enter the value recorded on the service label.
(image area developing DC bias output Settings: 0 to 500
input)
COPIER>ADJUST>DEVELOP>
DE-NO-DC
(sheet-to-sheet-distance developing
DC bias output input)
COPIER>ADJUST>DEVELOP> Settings: -50 to 50
DE-OFST Higher setting
(developing DC bias offset level offset Lighter images Darker images
adjustment) Lower setting
6-40 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Toner cartridge
Figure 6-405
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-41
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
J504B
When the absence of toner is detected, '0'.
1
5V
7
TS1
8
0V
9
DC controller PCB
5V
10 TS1
TS2
11
TS
2
0V
12
3
TS
5V
15
TS3
16
0V
17
19
6-42 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
If the toner supply sequence has not ended at the time the
machine operation ends, the toner supply sequence will be
resumed next time machine operation is started.
Toner supply
sequence started
Toner supply STBY
Toner sensor
(inside the
developing
assembly)
2sec 1sec
Magnet roller
Supply Supply Supply
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-43
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-408 shows the sequence of operations by which the toner cartridge supplies the hop-
per with toner.
If the toner supply sequence has not ended at the time the machine
operation ends, the toner supply sequence will be continued until it ends.
Toner supply
sequence started
Toner supply STBY
If the absence of toner is detected for 150 sec If the absence of toner is detected for 150 sec
or more, a message to prompt toner supply will or more, a message to prompt toner supply will
be indicated on the touch panel. (The machine be indicated on the touch panel. (The machine
remains ready.) stops operation.)
E020 The toner sensor (TS3; inside the developing assembly) has
(toner supply error) detected the absence of toner for 3 sec or more.
6-44 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Pre-exposure lamp
Cleaning blade
Magnet roller
Separation claw
M1
Main motor
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-45
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-502 shows the construction of the control system used to monitor the waste toner
case.
1 J514B
2
3 0V
4 MM-FG
5 MM-ON M1 Main motor
6 5V
7 0V
14 Waste toner
lock sensor
(MSW2)
(front)
DC controller PCB
J514A
0V
1
WT-FULL
2
5V
3
14
5V
Waste toner case full sensor (PS19)
13
WT-RCK
14
6-46 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
E013 The waste toner lock sensor (MSW2) has remained on for 4
(waste toner lock) sec or more.
E019 After the waste toner case full sensor (PS19) has turned, on,
(waste toner case full) 50,000 prints or more have been made without any action.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-47
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-601 shows the construction of the control system for the drum heater.
When the heater switch is turned on, the heater will remain on
at all times, operating independently of the main power switch.
Heater switch
SW3
SW2
Main power Front door
switch switch
SW1
AC Input (N)
AC Input (H)
1 2 3 4 5
J2601
J505A
1
2 J2602 J01
Heater temperature control PCB
AC (H) HT-TEMP
3 1 W1 1
DC controller PCB
4 2 2
Heater driver PCB
AC (N)
5 J2605 3 W2 3 Thermistor
D-HTR-ON
6 3 4 4
0V Fuse
7 2 5 5
8 1 6 6
7 Drum heater (H3)
8
9
10 Controlled to 42˚C
11
6-48 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
VII . DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
The copier possesses the mechanical characteristics discussed in the following pages; go
through the instructions given when disassembling/assembling the copier's parts while keeping the
following in mind:
2. Assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble them, unless otherwise noted.
4. Do not leave out the toothed washer that comes with one of the mounting screws on the rear
cover to protect against static electricity.
5. Do not leave out the washer that comes with the screw used for the grounding wire and the
varistor to ensure electrical continuity.
6. Do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed, unless otherwise mentioned.
7. Turn off the front cover switch or the power switch before sliding out the duplexing feeding
unit or the fixing assembly.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-49
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
6-50 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[2]
[1] [3] [2]
[2]
Figure 6-A701
[5]
4) Remove the two screws [4], and detach
the positioning holder [5].
[4]
Figure 6-A702
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-51
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[7]
[6]
Figure 6-A703
[8]
[9]
Figure 6-A704
6-52 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[2]
[3]
Figure 6-A705
3) Pull out the flange at the rear [4], and de-
tach the power supply unit [5] from the [4]
photosensitive drum.
[5]
Figure 6-A706
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-53
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Caution:
Be sure to attach the bearing stopper as
soon as you have placed the photosensi-
tive drum on the process unit. (Other-
wise, the photosensitive drum may fall,
damaging its surface.)
6-54 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Caution:
Cover the drum with A3 paper or the like
when you have slid out the process unit.
[3]
[1]
Figure 6-B701
4) Remove the three screws [4], and detach
the pre-exposure holder [5]; then, detach
the pre-exposure lamp [6]. [5]
[4]
Figure 6-B702
[6]
Figure 6-B703
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-55
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[4] [2]
Figure 6-B704
Caution:
It is difficult to pull out the potential sen-
sor in a horizontal direction. As shown,
shift it down once, and then slide it out to
facilitate the work.
Figure 6-B705
5) Remove the two screws [5], and detach
the potential sensor cover [6]; then, detach [5]
the potential sensor [7].
Caution:
Replace the potential sensor simulta-
neously with the potential sensor PCB.
When mounting it, be sure to fit the boss
at its rear in the hole on the rear side of [7]
the copier; then, match it on the front [6]
side, and screw it in place.
Figure 6-B706
6-56 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[2] [3]
Figure 6-B707
[1] [2]
[3]
Figure 6-B708
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-57
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[2]
[1]
Figure 6-B709
[5]
[3]
Figure 6-B710
[2] [1]
Figure 6-B711
6-58 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[4]
[5]
Figure 6-B712
Figure 6-B713
Boss Boss
Figure 6-B714
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-59
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
C. Charging Wire
1. Outline
The primary, pre-transfer, and transfer/
separation charging wire are used around the
photosensitive drum, each of a 0.06mm diam-
eter.
Figure 6-C701
Figure 6-C702
6-60 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-C703
3) Remove the motor cover [2] together with
the motor.
[2]
Figure 6-C704
4) Remove the E-ring [3], and pull the lead
screw [4] to the front and then up to de-
[3] [4]
tach.
Figure 6-C705
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-61
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[5]
Cut-off
Figure 6-C706
Reference: Stud
When forming a loop, wind the wire
around the hex key once, and twist the
hex key three to four times; then, twist
the charging wire to form a loop easily.
Charging
(front) (rear)
wire
Figure 6-C708
6-62 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-C709
Figure 6-C711
9) Mount the cushion at the front of the
charging wire (except the primary charg-
ing assembly).
10) Mount the shielding plate (left, right).
Caution:
For other charging assemblies, mount
the lids (2 pcs.).
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-63
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
D [1] [2]
Figure 6-C712
[7]
[4] [3]
Figure 6-C713
6-64 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Primary
- 0mm - 0mm
7.5 7.5
+ 3mm + 3mm
Pre-transfer
No height adjusting
mechanism
13.6±0.3mm
Transfer
15.7±0.2mm
Separation
10±0.2mm
Figure 6-C714
Reference:
The height of the charging wire for the primary assembly and the transfer charging assembly
may be adjusted by turing the screw found on the back of the assemblies. A single turn of the
screw changes the height by about 0.7mm.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-65
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
D. Process Unit
1. Removing the Process Unit
1) Open the front cover.
2) Remove the developing assembly. (See E.
"Developing Assembly.")
3) Slide out the fixing/feeding unit, and
place the drum protective sheet.
4) Remove the inside cover (process unit).
5) Slide out the primary charging assembly
[1] and the pre-transfer charging assembly
[2].
[1] [2]
Figure 6-D701
6) Fit the drum stop tool [3]; then, remove [6] [7] [6]
the screw [4], and detach the fixing screw
[5].
7) Remove the three screws [6], and slide out
the process unit [7].
Figure 6-D702
6-66 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-D703
Caution:
When placing the process unit after re-
moval, rotate the kit support plate [1]
counterclockwise so as to keep a dis-
tance from the floor.
[1]
Figure 6-D704
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-67
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-D705
Figure 6-D706
Figure 6-D707
Figure 6-D708
6-68 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Figure 6-E701
Figure 6-E702
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-69
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[2]
Figure 6-E703
[1]
[1]
Figure 6-E704
6-70 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[2]
Figure 6-E705
[5] [5]
[6]
[4] [3]
Figure 6-E706
Caution:
The blade must be adjusted to an ex-
tremely high accuracy. Do not remove it
on its own in the field. (Detach it to-
gether with its mounting plate.)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-71
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[1]
Figure 6-E707
Figure 6-E708
6-72 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[5]
Figure 6-E709
[13]
[9]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
Figure 6-E710
[14] [15]
Figure 6-E711
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-73
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[23]
[21]
[16]
[20]
[17]
[19]
[18]
[17]
[16]
Figure 6-E712
Caution:
Do not leave fingerprints or oil on the
surface of the developing cylinder. Wipe
off any with lint-free paper. (Do not use
solvent.)
Figure 6-E713
6-74 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Separation claw
Figure 6-F701
[2]
Figure 6-F702
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-75
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[3] [5]
Figure 6-F703
Figure 6-F704
[9]
6) Remove the five screws [9], and detach
the blade retaining plate [10]; then, detach
the cleaning blade [11].
[11] [10]
Figure 6-F705
6-76 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
[1]
[2]
Figure 6-F706
Caution:
When tightening the screws temporarily,
be sure to hold the blade down against
the end. (See Figure 6-F706.)
Figure 6-F707
Figure 6-F708
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-77
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
Caution:
When mounting the cleaning blade, be Blade auxiliary plate
sure to put the blade auxiliary plate be- Blade back plate
tween the blade support plate and the Blade support plate
blade back plate.
Caution:
After mounting the cleaning blade, turn
the drum; if toner slips off the cleaning
blade at this time, repeat the foregoing
steps.
If the problem is not corrected after
tightening the screws, replace the clean-
ing blade.
Figure 6-F709
6-78 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 6 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM
G. Separation Claw/
Separation Claw Drive
Assembly
1) Open the front cover.
2) Take out the process unit.
3) Remove the E-ring [1], and slide out the
separation claw holder shaft [2] to the
front to detach the separation holder [3].
[3] [2]
[1]
Figure 6-G701
[4]
4) Remove the spring [4], and detach the
separation claw [5].
[5]
Figure 6-G702
Points to Note When Mounting
When mounting the separation claw
holder, be sure that the separation claw Separation claw holder
holder spring is butted against the drum
cleaner case. Further, check to make sure
that the rack of the separation claw 3
drive assembly is engaged with the
groove in the separation claw holder.
Rack
Figure 6-G703
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 6-79
CHAPTER 7
PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
This chapter provides descriptions on the copier's operations between pickup and
delivery, functions of each operation, relationships between electrical and
mechanical systems, and timing at which each associated part is turned on.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
I . OUTLINE
A. Specifications and Construction
Table 7-101 shows the major functions of the pickup/feeding system.
Item Description
Paper feeding reference Center
Paper stacking capacity Paper deck (right, left) : 1,500 sheets (80 g/m2)
Cassette (3, 4) : 550 sheets (80 g/m2)
Multifeeder : 50 sheets (80 g/m2)
Paper size switch Paper deck (right, left) : by the service person
Cassette (3, 4) : by the user
Multifeeder : by the user
Duplexing system No-stacking
Related user mode Turning on and off the cassette selection mechanism
Selecting paper icons
Related mechanical Deck horizontal registration
adjustment Cassette horizontal registration
Manual feed tray horizontal registration
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-1
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
PS10
Multifeeder feeding roller
PS9 PS6
PS26 PS27
U-turn roller 2 PS25 Left deck PS20
U-turn roller 1 Pre-confluence roller feeding roller Vertical path 1 roller
PS49
Vertical path 2 roller
PS41
PS37 Vertical path 3 roller
PS46
PS42
Vertical path 4 roller
7-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
II . PICKUP ASSEMBLY
A. Control System
Pickup
motor
M2
J511-B11 C1 feed detection signal (PS27S)
J502-B5 Vertical path 1 paper detection signal (PS47S)
J509-A2 Registration assembly detection signal (PS5S)
J509-A4 Registration clutch drive signal (CL2D)
J513-A13 Pre-registration roller clutch drive signal (CL5D)
J519-B3 Lower feeder right roller clutch drive signal (CL17D)
J519-B4 Lower feeder middle roller clutch drive signal (CL16D)
J519-B9 Post-confluence paper detection signal (PS15S)
CL2
J519-B2 C2 feeding clutch drive signal (CL19)
J519-B10 C2 feed detection signal (PS26S)
J518-B8 C2 pickup clutch drive signal (CL11D)
CL17
PS5
CL16
J518-A8 C2 pickup detection signal (PS25S)
J518-B10 C2 pickup solenoid drive signal (SL8D) CL5
J518-A2 C2 lifter detection signal (PS31S) CL19 PS47
PS15
J518-A5 C2 paper detection signal (PS32S)
CL11
[2] [2]
PS26 [3] CL10 PS27
J511-A2 C1 pickup clutch drive signal (CL10D) PS20
[3] SL7
PS25 [4]
J511-A12 C1 pickup solenoid drive signal (SL7D)
[4]
PS31 [5] PS21
J511-A6 C1 lifter detection signal (PS21S)
[5] PS32 [6] PS22
J511-A9 C1 paper detection signal (PS22S)
[6] [7] PS49
J516-B9 Vertical path 2 paper detection signal (PS49S)
[7]
CL9
J514-A7 Vertical path 2 clutch drive signal (CL9D)
CL13
J515-A4 Vertical path 3 clutch drive signal (CL13D)
J515-B8 Vertical path 3 paper detection signal (PS41S) PS41
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-3
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
The copier's deck pickup assembly uses separation rollers to separate paper.
Volume 1>Chapter 5 "Separation Mechanism and Pickup Method"
Copy Start key ON
or print command received 1st sheet picked up
2nd sheet picked up
7-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-5
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Item Description
Table 7-201
J1721 J621
38V 1
11
Relay GND
PCB 12 2 Drive circuit Pickup motor
(M2)
Figure 7-204
7-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Cassette open/ Deck right open/ Deck left open/ Cassette 3 open/ Cassette 4 open/
closed detection closed sensor closed sensor closed sensor closed sensor
(PS23) (PS33) (PS40) (PS45)
Lifter position Lifter sensor Lifter sensor Lifter sensor Lifter sensor
detection (PS21) (PS31) (PS38) (PS43)
Paper presence/ Deck right paper Deck left paper Cassette 3 paper Cassette 4 paper
absence detection sensor (PS22) sensor (PS32) sensor (PS39) sensor (PS44)
Copy paper level Deck right paper Deck lifter paper Cassette 3 paper Cassette 4 paper
detection level middle level middle level detection level detection
sensor (PS51) sensor (PS54) PCB PCB
Deck right paper Cassette 2 paper (variable resistor) (variable resistor)
level upper sensor level upper sensor
(PS52) (PS55)
Lifter upper Deck right limit Deck left limit --- ---
limiter sensor sensor
(PS24) (PS34)
Drive motor Deck right lifter Deck lifter motor Cassette 3 lifter Cassette 4 lifter
motor (M13) (M14) motor (M16) motor (M17)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-7
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Pickup sensor
Paper
Feeding roller
Pickup roller
Separation roller
Pickup roller
Lifter position sensor
Paper detecting
lever
Paper sensor
Pickup sensor
Pickup roller
Separation roller
Pickup roller
Lifter
Paper sensor
Cassette open/
closed sensor
7-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
DC controller PCB
J514
A4
Q62 Motor
drive M13
CPU circuit
A5
J511
B8 (PS24)
DC controller PCB
J514
B1
Q53 Motor
drive
M14
circuit
CPU
B2
J518
A5 (PS34)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-9
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Copy paper
Lifter Lifter
7-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
b. Operation
In the case of the deck right/left, two sensors are used to detect the position of the deck, and
combinations of the states of the sensors (on/off) are used to find out the level of paper.
For the absence of paper, an exclusive sensor is used. (See 3. "Detecting the Presence/Absence
of Paper.")
DC controller PCB
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-11
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
In the case of cassette 3/4, the resistance of the variable resistor operating in conjunction with
the movement of the lifter drive shaft is used to find out the level of paper.
DC controller PCB
Variable
Paper level (much) resistor
Variable
Paper level (little) resistor
7-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
2. Cassette 3/4
1. The length of paper is detected by two photointerrupers (each cassette).
2. The width of paper is detected by a slide volume.
Volume 2>Chapter 5>11>A.3. "Detecting the Paper Size"
Cassette
Length guide
Figure 7-213
Cassette 3 Cassette 4
Length detection SV1 (2 photointerrupers) SV2 (2 photointerrupers)
Width detection SV2 SVR3
Table 7-205
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-13
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
7-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
4. Paper Size
The microprocessor on the DC controller PCB determines the size of paper based on the inputs
on paper width and paper length.
Table 7-208 shows the paper size groupings selected in service mode.
*Paper size selected at time of shipment.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-15
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C3- Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for STMTR in the
STMTR left deck.
COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C3-A4R Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A4R in the left
deck.
COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C4- Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for STMTR in the
STMTR right deck.
COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>C4-A4R Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A4R in the
right deck.
7-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-17
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
DC controller PCB
Manual feed tray paper detection signal (MLT_PAPER_PS) J510-B8
CL7
SL6
Pickup roller
Paper
To
registration
roller
PS35
PS17 Tray
Separation roller
Figure 7-214
7-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
(MLT_WTH_VR)J510-B5
Variable
registration(SVR1)
detection signal
DC controller PCB
Figure 7-215
COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4R Use it to change the paper width basic value for A4R on the
manual feed tray.
COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A6R Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A6R on the
manual feed tray.
COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ>MF-A4 Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A4 on the
manual feed tray.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-19
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
B. Control System
Registration roller
Pickup motor
CL2 M2
CL3
Registration drive signal (CL2D)
J509-A5 DC controller
Registration brake drive signal (CL3D) PCB
J509-B7
Figure 7-301
7-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Registration clutch ON
(CL2)
OFF
ON
Registration brake
OFF
clutch (CL3)
50 msec (approx.)
Pre-registration
clutch (CL5) ON
OFF
ON
Pre-registration brake
clutch (CL6) OFF
Note: If paper stops for a long time before the registration roller,
• ADF original processing time
• Finisher delivery processing time
Figure 7-302
As soon as the registration drive signal turns off, the registration brake clutch is kept on de-
pending on the way paper is being fed for a specific period of time to prevent idle rotation otherwise
caused by inertia.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-21
1.
A.
7-22
Reversing flapper solenoid drive signal (SL11D)
J519-B5
SL11
J508-A11
PS10
M12
Reversal paper detection signal (PS16S)
SL3
Control System
J508-A5
PS16
PS11
External delivery detection signal (PS10S)
Copying on the First Side
PS9 PS6[1]
PS12
Delivery flapper solenoid drive signal (SL3D)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
J508-B18
[1]
Figure 7-401
Internal delivery detection signal (PS9S)
[2]
[2]
J508-A2
[3]
Duplexing reversal detection paper signal (PS12S)
[3]
IV . MAKING DOUBLE-SIDED COPIES
J519-B6
J509-A2
SL11
PS12
Pre-confluence detection
M11 Reversal motor
PS14
DC controller PCB
signal (PS14S)
Figure 7-402
J519-B8
Post-confluence paper detection signal (PS15S)
J519-B9
Lower feeding middle clutch drive
PS15
signal (CL16D)
J519-B9
CL16
M2
Pickup motor
CL17
J519-B9
Lower feeding right clutch drive signal (CL17D)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
7-23
B.
7-24
A4, 4 Originals, Double-Sided Copies
Original set in ADF
Copy Start key ON or print count set
Copying on face of 1st sheet Copying on back of 2nd sheet
Copying on face of 2nd sheet Coping on back of 1st sheet
Pickup motor (M 2)
Figure 7-403
(SL 11)
Duplexing feeder motor 300mm/s 660mm/s 300mm/s
(M 12)
660mm/syyy
,,, ,,,
yyy
,,,
yyy ,,,
yyy
Duplexing reversal paper
sensor (PS 12)
Item Description
Error detection No error code; however, if a fault in the drive of the motor, a jam will occur.
Table 7-401
+24V
J519 J3602 J3603
DUPI-OFF Interface A
A8 A5 circuit A9
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-25
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Item Description
Power supply 24 V is supplied by the no-stacking feeding driver PCB.
Error detection No error code; however, a fault in the motor drive will cause a jam.
Table 7-402
+24V
J519 J3602 J3603
DUPF-OFF Interface A
A4 A9 circuit A4
DUPF-B M12
Interface Motor
CPU A3 A10 circuit A*
(IC13) driver A3
DUPF-A Interface (IC3) B
A2 A11 circuit A2
A5
B*
A1 A12 A1
Figure 7-405
7-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
E. No-Stacking Operation
1. Outline
In no-stacking operation, paper after fixing is moved to the holding tray assembly by the deliv-
ery flapper and the reversing flapper and, then, is moved to the lower feeding assembly.
The copier re-orders image pages in its memory for printing, eliminating the need for printing
in the order of the originals; as a result, its paper feeding operation need not be held at rest too long
and, consequently, double-sided copies may be made faster. As many as two sheets of paper may
exist simultaneously between the registration sensor and the lower feeding outlet sensor.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-27
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
2. Outline of Operations
For instance, no-stacking operation takes place as follows when making one set of double-
sided copies of 10 originals.
1. The 1st sheet is picked up from the deck 2. The 1st side is printed on the 1st sheet.
right. The 2nd sheet is picked up.
3. The 3rd side is printed on the 2nd sheet. 4. The 1st sheet is moved to the reversing
The 1st sheet is moved to the holding tray assembly.
assembly.
The 3rd sheet is picked up.
3
3
1
Figure 7-406-1
7-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
5. The 1st sheet is moved to the lower feed- 6. The 1st sheet is re-picked up from the
ing assembly. lower feeding assembly.
The 5th side is printed on the 3rd sheet.
3 5
5
1 3
1
7. The 2nd side is printed on the 1st sheet. 8. The 7th side is printed on the 4th sheet,
The 2nd sheet is kept in wait, and the 4th and the 1st sheet is discharged.
sheet is picked up.
2
2
1
1 7
5
3
5 3
Figure 7-406-2
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-29
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
9. The 4th side is printed on the 2nd sheet, 10. The 2nd sheet is discharged.
and the 3rd sheet is kept in wait in the The 9th side is printed on the 5th sheet.
lower feeding assembly.
The 5th sheet is picked up.
4
4 3 9
7
7
5
5
2 1
2 1
11. The 6th side is printed on the 3rd sheet. 12. The 3rd sheet is discharged.
6
6 5
5
9
7 9 7
4 3 4 3
2 1 2 1
Figure 7-406-3
7-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
13. The 8th side is printed on the 4th sheet. 14. The 4th sheet is discharged, and the 10th
side is printed on the 5th sheet.
8
7 10
8
9
7
6 5
6
4 3
5
2 4 3
1
2 1
10
9
8 7
6 5
4 3
2 1
Figure 7-406-4
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-31
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Position measurement By controlling the horizontal registration motor pulses (1 pulse = about 0.16 mm)
Related error code E051: The home position cannot be detected within a specific period of time.
Horizontal registration
sensor (PS18)
Copy paper
Moves through
the sensor.
Figure 7-407
7-32 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
2. Operations
The horizontal registration sensor moves to the start position (A4 detection position) when the
main power switch is turned on or the front cover is closed, and moves to a detection position to suit
the size of paper expected in the lower feeding assembly. Its position of detection is "paper width +
2 mm."
The paper detection mechanism starts when paper moved to the lower feeding assembly has
moved past the confluence sensor (PI 15) and has been moved over a specific distance (about 10
mm past the horizontal registration sensor).
The position of paper is detected with reference to the start position and by finding out the
difference between the start position and the actual paper position from the number of drive pulses
(1 pulse = about 0.16 mm) of the motor.
Start position
detection Paper position detection
Duplexing reversal
motor (M11)
Lower feeding middle
clutch (CL16)
Lower feeding rear
clutch (CL17)
Post-confluence
sensor (PS15)
Paper about 10 mm from the
Horizontal registration registration sensor.
motor (M15)
Horizontal registration Paper position detection
sensor (PS18)
Home position
Start position
Start position + 2 mm
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-33
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Item Description
Table 7-404
+24V
J519 J3602 J3603
SREJI-HOLD Interface A
A8 A1 circuit B4
SREJI-B B5 M15
CPU Interface Motor
A7 A2 circuit A*
(IC13) driver B3
SREJI-A Interface (IC2) B
A6 A3 circuit B2
B6
B*
A5 A4 B1
Figure 7-409
7-34 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
A. Reversal Delivery
The copier discharges paper either in face-up delivery or in face-down delivery mode.
Table 7-501
One-way
clutch
Main
motor Gear for delivery
tray spec
M0 (slower with finisher spec)
SL3
CL21
M11
SL11
Reversing
Reversing assembly
flapper solenoid
Delivery speed
switching clutch Reversal motor
Figure 7-501
Table 7-502
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-35
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Table 7-601
Main power
switch
Relay Heater switch
(RLY2) (SW3)
J1722 J2601 J2601
Control panel 1 3 3 4
J2602
power switch 24V
4
Z2602
Relay PCB J2604
4 GND 3
J2602
J1722 24V RLY2602
2 1 3
Q2603
Cassette heater
MFC DC controller (H4)
Q2604
PCB PCB
J505 J2605
CASETTE_HEAT_ON
A8 1
Heater drier PCB
When the cassette heater ON signal
goes '1', the cassette heater turns on.
When making double-side copies in a
low-humidity environment, '0';
otherwise, '1'.
7-36 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Blank page
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-37
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
PS5
PS16
PS11 PS35
PS12
PS13 PS47
PS14 PS15
PS26 PS27
PS25 PS20
PS49
PS41
PS37
PS46
PS42
7-38 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
2. Types of Jams
Stationary
Sensor Delay jam Stationary jam from
jam power-on
Right deck pickup sensor PS20 Present Absent Absent
Left deck pickup sensor PS25 Present Absent Absent
Cassette 3 pickup sensor PS37 Present Absent Absent
Cassette 4 pickup sensor PS42 Present Absent Absent
Right deck feed sensor PS27 Present Absent Present
Left deck feed sensor PS26 Present Absent Present
Manual feed sensor PS35 Present Absent Present
Vertical path 1 sensor PS47 Present Present Present
Vertical path 2 sensor PS49 Present Present Present
Vertical path 3 sensor PS41 Present Absent Present
Vertical path 4 sensor PS46 Present Absent Present
Registration roll sensor PS5 Present Present Present
Claw jam sensor PS6 Absent Present Present
Internal delivery sensor PS9 Present Present Present
External delivery sensor PS10 Present Present Present
Reversal sensor PS16 Present Present Present
Fixing feeding outlet sensor PS11 Absent Absent Present
Duplexing reversal sensor PS12 Present Present Present
U-turn sensor PS13 Present Present Present
Pre-confluence sensor PS14 Present Present Present
Post-confluence sensor PS15 Present Present Present
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-39
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
INTR / PRINT
Pickup clutch
(LC10, 11, 12, 13)
Pickup solenoid I I
(SL7, 8, 9, 10)
0.13 sec 0.13 sec
Jam check
Pickup sensor
Normal Error
(PS20, 25, 37, 42)
7-40 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
INTR / PRINT
I I
Sensor N-1
0.13 sec 0.13 sec
Jam check
Normal Error
Sensor N
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-41
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Right deck feed sensor (PS27) Right deck pickup sensor (PS20) 0.12
Left deck feed sensor (PS26) Left deck pickup sensor (PS25) 0.12
Vertical path 1 sensor (PS47) Vertical path 2 sensor (PS49) 0.58
Vertical path 1 sensor (PS47) Left deck feed sensor (PS26) 0.24
Vertical path 1 sensor (PS47) Post-confluence sensor (PS15) 0.88
Vertical path 2 sensor (PS49) Vertical path 3 sensor (PS41) 0.38
Vertical path 3 sensor (PS41) Vertical path 4 sensor (PS46) 0.37
Vertical path 3 sensor (PS41) Cassette 3 pickups sensor (PS37) 0.12
Vertical path 4 sensor (PS46) Cassette 4 pickup sensor (PS42) 0.12
Registration sensor (PS5) Pre-registration sensor (PS47) 0.53
Registration sensor (PS5) Manual feed sensor (PS35) 0.37
Internal delivery sensor (PS9) Claw jam sensor (PS6) 0.13
External delivery sensor (PS10) Internal delivery sensor (PS9) 0.26
External delivery sensor (PS10) Fixing feeding outlet sensor (PS11) 0.27
Reversal sensor (PS16) Internal delivery sensor (PS9) 0.18
Reversal sensor (PS16) Fixing feeding outlet sensor (PS11) 0.10
Duplexing reversal sensor (PS12) Fixing feeding outlet sensor (PS11) 0.30
U-turn sensor (PS13) Duplexing reversal sensor (PS12) 0.27
Pre-confluence sensor (PS14) U-turn sensor (PS13) 1.08
Post-confluence sensor (PS15) Pre-confluence sensor (PS14) 0.38
Post-confluence sensor (PS15) Left deck feed sensor (PS26) 0.17
7-42 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
2. Stationary Jams
a. Common Stationary Jams
INTR / PRINT
L + 40mm L + 40mm
Jam check
Normal Error
Sensor N
(L = paper length)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-43
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
VIII . DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
The copier possesses the mechanical characteristics discussed in the following pages; go
through the instructions given when disassembling/assembling the copier's parts while keeping the
following in mind:
2. Assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble them, unless otherwise noted.
4. Do not leave out the toothed washer that comes with one of the mounting screws on the rear
cover to protect against static electricity.
5. Do not leave out the washer that comes with the screw used for the grounding wire and the
varistor to ensure electrical continuity.
6. Do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed, unless otherwise mentioned.
7. Turn off the front cover switch or the power switch before sliding out the duplexing feeding
unit or the fixing assembly.
7-44 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-A801
2) Remove the four screws [3], and detach
the upper right cover [5] while the toner [3]
cartridge cover [4] is open.
[7]
[6]
Figure 7-A803
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-45
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Caution:
If the multifeeder is used during installa- [1]
[2]
tion or if the multifeeder has not been [3]
[4]
used for a long time, pickup can fail. If [4]
such happens, detach the protective [3]
sheet from the sponge roller, and dry [1] [2]
wipe the sponge roller. Figure 7-A804
[3] (rear of
Collar (gold)
the copier)
Figure 7-A806
7-46 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-A807
[5]
[4]
[3]
Figure 7-A808
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-47
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Caution 1:
When removing the separation roller,
pay attention to the bushing at the front.
It will slip off.
Figure 7-A812
7-48 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-A813
[3] [4]
Figure 7-A814
3) Remove the screw [5], and detach the con-
nector cover [6]; then, disconnect the con- [6]
nector [7]. [5]
[7]
Figure 7-A815
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-49
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[8]
[8] [8]
Figure 7-A816
Figure 7-817
Figure 7-A818
7-50 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Slide volume
Figure 7-A820
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-51
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-A821
0.4±0.2mm
0.4±0.2mm
[1]
[2]
Figure 7-A822
[3]
Figure 7-A823
7-52 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[4] [5]
Figure 7-A824
Figure 7-A825
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-53
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Caution:
When mounting the manual feed roller,
hook the two claws of the rear fixing
plate 2 on the three holes in the rear side
plate; then, mount the rear fixing plate 1
to secure.
[5]
Figure 7-A827
7-54 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
B. Cassette Pickup
Assembly
1. Removing the Front Deck (right)
1) Slide out the deck.
2) Open the upper right cover and the lower
right cover.
Caution:
The pickup assembly cannot be removed
unless the deck has been removed (the
lifter will get trapped).
[2]
[4] [3]
[1]
[5]
Figure 7-B801
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-55
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[1]
Figure 7-B802
[3]
3) Disconnect the connector [3] from inside
the copier.
Figure 7-B803
7-56 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Caution:
When removing the fixing plate, be sure [5]
to support the pickup assembly to avoid
dropping it.
Figure 7-B804
[2]
Figure 7-B805
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-57
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[1]
Collar (gold) (front of
the copier)
Figure 7-B806
7-58 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
6. Removing the Feeding Roller [1] [2] [4] [5] [3] [7] [6]
1) Remove the pickup assembly from the
copier.
2) Remove the screw [2], and detach the
feeding roller cover [1].
3) Remove the stop ring [3] form the front of
the fixing roller.
4) Remove the stop ring [4] and the pickup
roller [5] at the font; then, detach the feed-
ing roller [7] together with the timing belt
[6].
Figure 7-B808
Figure 7-B809
Figure 7-B810
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-59
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-B811
Figure 7-B812
7-60 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
B
Figure 7-B814
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-61
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[2] [1]
[1]
[2]
A
36±0.5mm
[3]
Viewed from A
Figure 7-B816
7-62 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[2]
[2] [1]
Figure 7-B817
[4]
2) Move the cassette guide assembly (front)
[4] to the front or the rear to make adjust-
ments.
Figure 7-B818
[2]
Figure 7-B819
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-63
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-B820
[3]
[1]
[2]
Figure 7-B821
7-64 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[2]
Figure 7-B822
[4] [4]
Figure 7-B823
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-65
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Caution:
The releasing button is pushed "half-
way" so that
• The separation roller moves down.
• The cassette is just about to slide out.
Figure 7-B824
Figure 7-B825
7-66 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-C801
[7]
[9] [6]
[8]
[7] [6]
[9]
Figure 7-C802
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-67
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[1]
[1] [2]
Figure 7-C803
[5]
[3]
Figure 7-C804
7-68 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-C805
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-69
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
D. Registration Feeding
Assembly [2] [3]
[1]
1. Removing the Registration
Clutch/Registration Brake Clutch
1) Slide out the fixing feeding unit from the
copier.
2) Disconnect the connector [1], and remove
the grip ring [2]; then, detach the registra-
tion clutch [3].
Figure 7-D801
[2]
Figure 7-D802
7-70 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Caution:
When removing the drive gear, take care
not to drop the pin.
Figure 7-D803
[4] [5]
5) Remove the spring [3], E-ring [4], and
bushing [5] at the front.
[3]
Figure 7-D804
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-71
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[10]
[6]
Figure 7-D805
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4] [3]
Figure 7-D806
7-72 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[5]
Figure 7-D807
[10]
[13]
[12]
[11]
[9]
Figure 7-D808
5) Perform steps 3) and 4) for the rear; then,
detach the pre-registration roller assem-
bly.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-73
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
E. Feeding Assembly
1. Removing the Feeding Belt
1) Slide out the fixing feeding unit from the
copier.
2) Remove the fixing feeding unit front
cover.
3) Disconnect the three connectors [1], and
remove the screw [2]; then, detach the [3] [1]
harness guide [3].
[2]
[1]
Figure 7-E801
Figure 7-E802
7-74 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-E803
6) Remove the E-ring [9], gear [10], pin [11], [13] [14]
three screws [12], E-ring [13], and bear-
ing [14].
[12]
[11] [9] [10]
Figure 7-E804
[16]
7) Remove the feeding belt unit [15], and de- [17]
tach the feeding belt [16] and the postcard [16]
belt [17].
[15]
Figure 7-E805
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-75
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-E806
7-76 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
F. Duplexing Unit
1. Removing the Duplexing Unit
Duplexing unit Grip
1) Slide out the duplexing unit from the
copier.
2) Holding the left and right grips of the
duplexing unit, detach it from the copier.
Caution:
Take care not to trap your hand between
the grip and the rail. Do not place the
duplexing unit where it is subjected to
damage.
Grip
Figure 7-F801
[1]
Figure 7-F802
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-77
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[2] [3]
Figure 7-F803
[2] [1]
Figure 7-F804
7-78 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
3) Remove the four screws [4], and detach [4] [5] [4]
the reversal motor [5].
Figure 7-F805
[2]
5. Removing the Lower Feeder
Motor
1) Remove the front cover of the duplexing
unit.
2) Disconnect the connector [1], and remove
the two screws [2]; then, detach the lower
feeder motor [3].
[1]
[2]
Figure 7-F807
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-79
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-F808
Figure 7-F809
7-80 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-F810
Figure 7-F811
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-81
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Figure 7-F812
[8]
Figure 7-F813
7-82 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
(front)
Figure 7-F814
[11]
(rear)
Figure 7-F815
[12]
Figure 7-F816
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-83
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[14]
[13]
Figure 7-F817
9) Remove the two screws [16], and detach [16] [17] [16]
the duplexing reversal sensor [17].
Figure 7-F818
7-84 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[2]
Figure 7-F819
[1]
[3]
[2]
Figure 7-F820
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-85
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[1]
Figure 7-F821
[5]
[4]
Figure 7-F822
7-86 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
[3]
Figure 7-F823
[1] [2]
Figure 7-F824
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 7-87
CHAPTER 7 PICK-UP/FEEDING SYSTEM
Caution:
When mounting the right grip plate, be
sure that the boss on the grip plate is in [6]
the hole of the side plate.
[5]
[4]
[3]
Figure 7-F825
[8] [7]
Figure 7-F826
7-88 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8
FIXING SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
I . OPERATIONS
A. Outline
Table 8-101 shows the major functions of the fixing system.
Item Functions
Fixing method Heating roller (fixing roller + pressure roller)
Fixing heater Main heater: used mainly for temperature control during PRINT
Sub heater: used mainly for temperature control during STBY
Control temperature 200˚C (during STBY)
Temperature [1] Main Thermistor for temperature control, error detection
detection [2] Sub Thermistor for error detection
[3] Thermal Switch for error detection
Control [1] Down sequence control
[2] Temperature control by mode
•Transparency mode
•Thick paper mode
Cleaning method Cleaning belt roller (driven by a solenoid and one-way clutch)
Error detection [1] Temperature control error detection by a thermistor
[2] Overheating detection by a thermal switch
Others [1] Fixing inlet guide drive control about 1 mm (top/down)
[2] Thermistor reciprocating control 12 mm
[3] Upper separation claw reciprocating control 3 mm
[4] Fixing roller bias control +600 V
Table 8-101
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-1
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Figures 8-101 and -102 show the major components of the fixing system.
Cleaning belt
8-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-3
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Fixing motor
Main heater
Sub heater
210˚C
205˚C
200˚C
195˚C
8-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
J508B
Detection signal
warning sensor
Drive signal PS7
Web absent sensor
Drive signal
DC controller PCB
Thermistor
M1
Main motor
M3
J508A Upper Fixing roller
separation motor
claw
SL1
Drive signal
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-5
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
J508A
1
DC controller PCB
14
0V
15
0V
16
FXM-LCK
17 M3
FXM-ON
18
5V Fixing drive motor
19
0V
20
8-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
E014 FXM-LCK is '1' for more than 2 sec while the motor is rotating (i.e.,
(fixing motor speed error) FXM-ON=1).
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-7
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Length Detection 1
When the cleaning belt length detecting flag comes into contact with the cut-off (300 mm from
the end of the cleaning belt), the cleaning belt length warning sensor (PS8) detects the flag,
causing the message "Web Running Out" on the control panel. (Copying may continue.)
(front)
Cleaning belt
length detecting flag
Length detection 2
J508B
0V
1
WEB-LESS
2 To PS7
DC controller PCB
5V
3
0V
4
WEB-WARN
5 To PS8
5V
6
20
8-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Figure 8-204 shows the construction of the control system used to control the fixing inlet guide
drive mechanism.
Inlet guide
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-9
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Figure 8-205 shows the control system used to control the reciprocating mechanism of the
thermistor.
Cam (front)
8-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
(front)
Cam
One-way
clutches
M1
Eccentric cams Main motor
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-11
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
M-TEMP
7
0V
8
S-TEMP
9
0V
10
Upper fixing roller
20
Sub thermistor
DC controller PCB
Main
heater
Main thermistor
J505A
1
Sub heater
Thermal switch
MHDTC When 223˚C, the AC
9 line is turned off.
MH-ON
10 RLY
SH-ON
11
SHDTC SSR Relay
12
0V
13
24V Front door
14
8-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Copy
Start key
ON
Main heater(H1)
Sub heater(H2)
Controlled to 200˚C
The sub heater is also turned
on to recover temperature.
200˚C
195˚C
190˚C
185˚C
180˚C
175˚C
170˚C
165˚C
160˚C
At 175˚C, dropped to
50 cpm. At 200˚C, printing is resumed automatically.
At 170˚C, dropped to
40 cpm. At 165˚C, printing stopped.
COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FIX-TMP1
(down sequence state temperature) Setting 50cpm 40cpm Stop Resume
Set a relatively high temperature for users 0 170˚C 165˚C 160˚C 175˚C
who prefer priority on image quality, and a
relatively low temperature for users who prefer 1 175˚C 170˚C 165˚C 180˚C
priority on productivity.
2 180˚C 175˚C 170˚C 185˚C
3 185˚C 180˚C 175˚C 190˚C
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-13
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Purpose Correction
Transparency mode To prevent wrapping of Lowers the control temperature.
transparencies.
Thick paper mode To prevent drops in the surface Increases the down sequence rush
temperature of the fixing roller. temperature.
Power save mode To reduce the power consumption. Lowers the control temperature for
STBY.
Table 8-301
8-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
1. Transparency Mode
To prevent wrapping of a transparency around the fixing roller (or it would start to melt be-
cause of the heat from the fixing roller), the surface temperature of the fixing roller is lowered in
transparency mode.
Copy
Transparency Start key
mode selected ON 195˚C
Fixing motor
(M3)
Main heater Controlled to
195˚C
(H1)
Sub heater Controlled to
200˚C Controlled to 200˚C
(H2)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-15
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FIX-TEMP
(thick paper mode down sequence start Setting 50cpm 40cpm Stop Resume
temperature) 0 170˚C 165˚C 160˚C 175˚C
1 175˚C 170˚C 165˚C 180˚C
2 180˚C 175˚C 170˚C 185˚C
8-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
WMUPR omitted
Main heater
(H1)
Sub heater
(H2)
180˚C
Saving by 10%
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-17
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
D. Error Detection
The fixing temperature control mechanism is monitored for the following:
[1] Temperature control error by the main thermistor (TH1; see the sequence charts on the
pages that follow)
[2] Sensor error by the sub thermistor (TH2; see the sequence charts on the pages that follow)
[3] Overheating error by the thermal switch (TP1)
M-TEMP
7
0V
8
S-TEMP
9
0V
10
Upper fixing roller
20
Sub thermistor
DC controller PCB
Main
heater Main thermistor
J505A
1
Sub heater Thermal switch
At 223˚C, the AC
MHDTC line is turned off
9
MH-ON RLY
10
SH-ON
11 Relay
SHDTC SSR
12
0V
13
24V Front door
14
24V
13
SW-OFF Main switch
14
8-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[1]E000
If the temperature detected by the main thermistor does
not increase to 70˚C or higher within 5 min after the
control panel power switch has been turned on.
Main power Control panel power Main power
switch ON switch ON switch OFF
SLEEP WMUP
3.5 min
70˚C
Main thermistor detection
temperature
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-19
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[1]E001
If the main thermistor or the sub thermistor
has detected 230˚C or higher for 2 sec.
Control panel
Main power power Main power
switch ON switch ON 195˚C switch OFF
230˚C
195˚C
8-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[1]E002
[1] The main thermistor does not detect
100˚C within 3 min after it has detected 70˚C.
[2] The main thermistor does not detect
Control panel
100˚C within 3 min after it has detected 100˚C.
Main power power switch Main power
switch ON ON switch OFF
SLEEP WMUP
150˚C
100˚C
70˚C
2.5 min
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-21
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[1]E003
If the main thermistor detects 70˚C for 2
sec or more after it has detected 100˚C.
Main power Control panel power Main power
switch ON switch ON switch OFF
SLEEP WMUP
100˚C
70˚C
2 sec
8-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[2]E001
If the difference of readings between main
thermistor and sub thermistor is 50˚C or more.
Copy Start
key
STBY PRINT
Fixing motor
(H3)
Main heater
(H1)
Sub heater
200˚C
50˚C
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-23
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Figure 8-401 shows the construction of the control system used to control the fixing roller bias.
Relay PCB
24 VH
24 VH
When '1', high-voltage output is ready.
GND
GND
1 2 3 4
J510A J723
0V
Fixing roller
1 16
HVDC-EN
2 15
3 14
4 13
High-voltage DC PCB
5 12
DC controller PCB
6 11
7 10
8 9
9 8
10 7 J733
11 6 1
DC 600V
12 5 2
13 4
14 3
FGD-ON 2
15
16 1
8-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
V . DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
The copier possesses the mechanical characteristics discussed in the following pages; go
through the instructions given when disassembling/assembling the copier's parts while keeping the
following in mind:
2. Assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble them, unless otherwise noted.
4. Do not leave out the toothed washer that comes with one of the mounting screws on the rear
cover to protect against static electricity.
5. Do not leave out the washer that comes with the screw used for the grounding wire and the
varistor to ensure electrical continuity.
6. Do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed, unless otherwise mentioned.
7. Turn off the front cover switch or the power switch before sliding out the duplexing feeding
unit or the fixing assembly.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-25
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
A. Fixing Assembly
1. Removing the Fixing Assembly [1]
1) Slide the fixing/feeding unit halfway out
the copier. [2]
2) While pushing on the stopper [2] on both
ends of the fixing/feeding unit rail [1],
slide the fixing/feeding unit farther out.
[2]
[1]
Figure 8-A501
Caution:
When setting the fixing/feeding unit in [3]
the copier, be sure to mount the releasing
lever, and shift the lever while pressing
the releasing lever link.
[4] [5]
Figure 8-A502
8-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[9]
[9]
[6]
[8] [10]
Figure 8-A503
Figure 8-A504
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-27
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[16]
Figure 8-A505
8-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Figure 8-B501
[3]
Figure 8-B502
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-29
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[5] [4]
Figure 8-B503
Caution:
When cleaning the silicone oil pan, be [7]
sure to remove the silicone oil collecting
in the oil pan [7] found under the clean-
ing belt feeding roller.
Figure 8-B504
8-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[2]
Figure 8-B505
Caution:
Check the fixing cleaning belt for skew, Take up roller
wrapping, and wrinkling. Further, be
sure that the winding direction and the
mounting orientation are as indicated.
Cleaning belt
feeding roller
Figure 8-B506
Caution:
If you have replaced the cleaning belt, be
sure to return the setting under
COPIER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-
WEB to '0' in service mode.
[4]
Figure 8-B507
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-31
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[1] [2]
Figure 8-C501
[4]
Figure 8-C502
8-32 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
4) Remove the two fastons [6] at the front, [8] [7] [6]
and detach the screw [7]; then, detach the
heater positioning plate (front) [8].
Figure 8-C503
Figure 8-C504
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-33
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Figure 8-C505
3) Remove the faston [4]; then, remove the [6] [5] [4] [7] [5]
two screws [5], and detach the electrode
assembly [6] and the thermal switch
holder [7].
Figure 8-C506
Figure 8-C507
8-34 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[10]
[10]
[11]
Figure 8-C508
Caution:
When shifting the thermistor assembly
to the rear, take care not to damage the
fixing roller.
[1]
Figure 8-C509
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-35
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Figure 8-C510
[1] [3]
Figure 8-C511
[4] [5]
Figure 8-C512
8-36 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[2] [1]
Figure 8-D501
[3] [4]
Figure 8-D502
Figure 8-D503
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-37
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Figure 8-D504
[6]
Figure 8-D505
8-38 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[10]
[9]
Figure 8-D506
10) Remove the C-ring [13] at the rear; then,
remove the electrode plate [14], spacer [17]
[15], bearing [16], and bushing [17]. [16]
[15]
[14]
[13]
Figure 8-D507
2. Mounting the Upper Fixing Roller
Mount the upper roller by reversing the
steps used to remove it.
Caution: A
a. Remove it while taking care not to
soil or scratch the roller surface;
then, keep the roller in paper.
b. Mount it so that the long cut-off A
shown in Figure 8-D508 is toward
the rear.
c. When mounting it, clean the elec- Figure 8-D508
trode plate [1] and the electrode ter-
minal [2]. [2] [1]
Figure 8-D509
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-39
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[2] [1]
Figure 8-D510
[4]
[3]
[5]
Figure 8-D511
8-40 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
of paper.
,
2) Select COPIER>FUNCTION>FIXING>
NIP-CHK in service mode to discharge
paper.
b. Standards
1) Measure the area shown in Figure 8-
D512.
Note:
a and c are points 10 mm from both ends
c. Making Adjustments
Feeding
direction
Dimensions
heated.
b
a-c
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
A3
a
Figure 8-D512
Measurements*
7.3mm ± 0.5mm
0.5 mm or less
c
b
Center
of paper
Table 8-D501
[1]
Figure 8-D513
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-41
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
E. Separation Claw
Assembly
1. Removing the Upper Separation
Claw
1) Slide out the fixing/feeding unit from the [2]
copier. [1]
2) Release the spring [1] used to open the
fixing/delivery assembly; then, detach the
upper separation claw [2].
Figure 8-E501
[2]
[3]
[2]
Figure 8-E503
8-42 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
F. Delivery Assembly
1. Removing the External Delivery
Roller
1) Remove the fixing assembly from the
copier.
2) Remove the three screws [1], and detach
the delivery roller guide [2].
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
Figure 8-F501
[4] [3]
Figure 8-F502
[7]
[5] [6]
Figure 8-F503
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-43
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
Caution: [12]
Each roller is equipped with a parallel [11]
pin. Take care not to lose it.
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9] [8]
Figure 8-F504
[3]
Figure 8-F505
8-44 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[1]
[7]
[6]
Figure 8-F506
[2] [1]
Figure 8-F507
[4] [5]
Figure 8-F508
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-45
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
G. Paper Sensors
1. Removing the Claw Jam Sensor
1) Remove the fixing assembly from the
copier.
2) Remove the two screws, and detach the
lower separation claw assembly.
3) Detach the claw jam sensor [1] from the
right side of the lower delivery assembly.
[1]
Figure 8-G501
[1] [1]
[2]
Figure 8-G502
Figure 8-G503
8-46 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 8 FIXING SYSTEM
[2] [1]
Figure 8-G504
[1] [2]
Figure 8-G505
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 8-47
CHAPTER 9
EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
I . CONTROL PANEL
A. Outline
The copier's control panel consists of the PCBs shown in Figure 9-101 and a liquid crystal
display (LCD) panel capable of showing images using 320 × 240 dots.
Control panel
LCD Control
Control panel PCB panel PCB
inverter PCB (LCD) (keys and LEDs)
Image
CPU
processor
PCB
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-1
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
II . DOWNLOADING
A. Outline
The copier allows the functions shown in Table 9-201 when it is connected to a computer with
a bi-Centronics interface.
Use the switch behind the copier's inside cover to change between downloading and uploading.
For details of work, see VII. "Upgrading" in Chapter 13.
COPY LOAD
9-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Blank Page
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-3
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
III . COUNTERS
The copier is equipped with counters for counting sheets according to the type of output. See
Figures 9-301 and -302 for the arrangement of counters and sensors associated with these counters
(explanations on how the counters operate by country follow).
[4] [5]
[1]
[3]
[2]
Finisher Copier
PI6
PS10
S3
PS14
9-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-5
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
IV . FANS
A. Arrangement, Functions, and Error Codes
Table 9-401 shows the names and functions of the copier's fans and error codes associated with
the fans.
FM2 Fixing assembly heat Discharges heat from around the Yes (24/12v) E805
discharge fan fixing assembly.
FM3 Scanner cooling fan Cools the scanner Yes (24/12v) E226
FM5 Laser driver Cools the laser driver PCB No (24v) E121
FM7 Feeding fan Draws copy paper to the feeding Yes (24/12v) No
belt.
FM8 Drum fan Draws and removes ozone from Yes (24/18v) E820
around the drum and stray toner.
FM9 Inverter cooling fan Cools the control panel inverter No (24v) E251
assembly.
FM10 Pre-transfer charging Discharges ozone from around the Yes (24/12v) E823
assembly fan pre-transfer charging assembly.
FM11 Power supply cooling fan 1 Cools the DC power supply PCB Yes (24/12v) E804
FM12 Power supply cooling fan 2 Cools the DC power supply PCB Yes (24/12v) E804
FM14 Laser scanner motor Cools the laser scanner motor, and No (24v) E111
cooling fan insulates it from the fixing
assembly.
9-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
The fans are arranged as shown in Figure 9-401; the arrows show the direction of air current:
FM8
FM9
FM6
FM11
FM12
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-7
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
B. Sequence of Operations
1. 2-Speed Control
Some of the copier's fans are designed for 2-speed control (Table 9-401). The speed is switched
by the voltage switching circuit of each fan by switching voltage levels.
Some fans are controlled according to the state of the printer, while some are controlled by the
state of the scanning lamp.
DC controller PCB
24V 12/18V
Fan
9-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
2. Sequence of Operations
The fans operate as follows, ones controlled according to the state of the printer and ones
controlled by the state of the scanning lamp:
(FM3, FM4, FM11, and FM12 operate based on the state of both the printer unit and the scan-
ning lamp, and the control mechanism for higher speed is used for the chart.)
Figure 9-403
Main power
switch ON
Scanning lamp Off On Pre-heating Error
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-9
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
V . POWER SUPPLY
A. Outline of the Power Supply
The copier's DC power is supplied by the DC power supply PCB and the relay PCB.
PCB Function
DC power supply • Generates DC power from AC power.
PCB • Protects against overcurrent.
9-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-501 shows how the copier's power supplies are arranged:
temperature
control PCB
Heater
driver
Line PCB
Drum
Leakage noise C A
AC input breaker filter
RLY2 B Cassette heater (H4)
ELCB
LF1
motor (M3)
Duplexing
Control 5V
assembly
panel ·Motor Main Drum Pickup
12V
Fixing
switch ·Solenoid 3.3V/5V motor motor motor
unit
·Sensor 24V -8V/8V (M1) (M0) (M2)
B 12V/15V
A C 24V/38V
24V
5V
12V
18V
24V
38V
5V
24V
38V
38V
38V
38V
Relay
PCB
3.3V
5V
12V
38V
-8V
5V
8V
-8V
3.3V
5V
24V
-12V
5V
12V
38V
3.3V
24V
38V
24V
3.3V
5V
8V
15V
24V
38V
(accessory)
Laser Scanner
Intensity
Inverter
board driver
driver PCB 1 PCB 3.5K
PD
PCB
PCB
-8V
5V
8V
3.3V
5V
12V
3.3V
5V
12V
24V
38V
HV-AC
Image PCB
server
(hard disk)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-11
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Line Main
Leakage noise power
breaker filter switch
ELCB
LF1
Relay PCB
AC
input Switching Overcurrent
1 Output
DC power supply PCB J1706 circuit 1 detection
2
1 J1706 circuit
5V
Converter 2
circuit 1 J1704 12V Switching
1 1 Output
3.3V/+8V circuit 2
3.3V/5V/+8V J1704
-8V/12V/15V -8V/15V
x Output
J1703 J1703
1 1
2 2 Overcurrent
Converter 24V detection Output
circuit 2 3 3 circuit
1 38V 1 MSW5 Manual feed
24V/38V
J1702 J1702 tray door
1
Switching 3 24V 3 switch
3
circuit J1707 J1701
Door switch
Sequence
control circuit Remote signal
1 1 control assembly
J1707 J1701 4
7
3
J1719 J1723
Control panel POWER_IN A-REMOTE
A11
B12
Switching
CPU PCB
Control circuit 2 J505
J503 DC When the remote signal is received, the
panel controller
switch PCB converter circuit 2, switching circuit 1, and
A31
J525 switching circuit 2 on the DC power supply
System
Printer
mother
MFC PCB are turned on.
A31
WAKE UP
PCB PCB
PCB
J1407 Signal from the control panel power switch
9-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Table 9-502 shows the output of the power supply in relation to combinations of the printer
board signal and the states of the main power switch and the control panel switch.
Control panel
Main power Power supply
switch or printer Remarks
switch output
board signal
OFF OFF None If the heater switch is on, the drum heater and
the cassette heater are supplied with power
(AC).
heater switch (SW3)
OFF ON
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-13
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
DC power OFF
Control supply PCB RLY1
panel 5V Fixing assembly
CPU DC controller To heater
PCB PCB
5V 3.3V
Duplexing
assembly
Control
panel ·Motor 5V Main Drum Pickup
12V
Fixing
-8V
motor
power ·Solenoid motor motor motor
(M3)
8V
unit
switch ·Sensor 24V (M1) (M0) (M2)
12V 24V
15V 38V
5V
12V
18V
24V
38V
5V
24V
38V
38V
38V
38V
Relay
PCB
3.3V
5V
12V
3.3V
5V
12V
38V
-8V
5V
8V
-8V
3.3V
5V
24V
-12V
5V
12V
38V
3.3V
24V
38V
24V
3.3V
5V
8V
15V
24V
24V
38V
38V control PCB
(accessory)
Laser Scanner Inverter
scanner Laser Image Heater
motor CCD
Intensity
System driver processor PCB driver
motherboard motor driver PCB
PCB 1 PCB PCB
3.5K
driver PCB
PD
PCB
-8V
5V
8V
3.3V
5V
12V
3.3V
5V
12V
24V
Scanning
Intensity
heater
(accessory) PCB 2
24V
5V
12V
HV-AC
Image PCB
server
(hard disk)
9-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
ON
DC power RLY1
Control supply PCB
panel 5V DC controller Fixing assembly
CPU To heater
PCB PCB
Duplexing
assembly
Control 5V 3.3V Main Drum Pickup
Fixing
5V
motor
panel ·Motor motor motor motor
(M3)
12V -8V
unit
power ·Solenoid (M1) (M0) (M2)
switch ·Sensor 24V 8V
12V 24V
15V 38V * * * * *
5V
24V
38V
38V
38V
38V
5V
12V
18V
24V
38V
Relay
PCB
*
3.3V
5V
12V
3.3V
5V
12V
38V
-8V
5V
8V
-8V
3.3V
5V
24V
-12V
5V
12V
38V
3.3V
24V
38V
24V
3.3V
5V
8V
15V
24V
24V
38V
38V control PCB
(accessory)
Laser Laser Image Scanner Inverter
scanner motor Heater
Intensity
System driver processor PCB CCD
motherboard motor PCB 1 PCB driver PCB driver
3.5K
driver PCB PCB
PD
PCB
-8V
5V
8V
3.3V
5V
12V
3.3V
5V
12V
24V
24V
Image
server HV-AC
(hard disk) PCB
Note: The output with the asterisk (*) is turned on/off
by the relay (RLY1) on the relay PCB.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-15
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
9-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
D. Protective Functions
The copier is designed to automatically stop the output of the DC power supply as soon as the
overcurrent protective mechanism turns on.
If an overcurrent is detected by the overcurrent detection circuit A, outputs [1] and [2] are
stopped; this is to prevent malfunction of the copier, as output [1] is used by the logic system.
If the overcurrent detection circuit B detects an overcurrent, output [2] is stopped.
5V Overcurrent
detection
circuit A
12V
Converter
circuit 1 Overcurrent 3.3V
protection
+8V
3.3V/5V/+8V circuit 1
-8V/12V/15V -8V
15V
Output [2]
Overcurrent
Converter Overcurrent detection
circuit 2 protection 38V circuit B
circuit 2
Output stop signal 2
24V/38V 24V
Output stop signal 1
J1701 Overcurrent
Sequence detection signal 2
5
control Overcurrent detection signal 1
circuit 4
Overcurrent Stops output [2] from the Remove the cause, and turn off and then on the
detection circuit B DC power supply PCB. control panel power switch.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-17
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
E. Backup Battery
The copier's MFC PCB and image processor are equipped with a lithium battery for backing up
data needed as when the power plug is disconnected.
1. MFC PCB
Table 9-506
9-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Table 9-507
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-19
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Table 9-509
Table 9-510
! Caution:
• Replace the lithium battery only with the one listed in the Parts Catalog.
• Use of another battery may present a risk of fire or explosion.
• The battery may present a fire or chemical burn hazard if mistreated.
• Do not recharge, disassemble or dispose of it in fire. Keep the battery out of reach of chil-
dren and discard any used battery promptly.
9-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
VI . OTHERS
A. Sleep Mode
1. Outline
The copier is provided with sleep mode, in which power consumption is reduced in standby
state by limiting the destinations of power. (Only the main power supply switch is on.)
The copier will automatically shift to sleep mode when standby state continues for a specific
period of time*.
*May be changed in user mode.
Changing auto sleep time 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60*, 90 min; 2, 3, 4 hr
*Factory default.
DC power OFF
supply PCB RLY1
Control
panel 5V Fixing assembly
CPU DC controller To heater
PCB PCB
5V 3.3V
Duplexing
assembly
Control
panel ·Motor 5V Main Drum Pickup
12V
Fixing
-8V
motor
power ·Solenoid motor motor motor
(M3)
8V
unit
5V
24V
38V
38V
38V
38V
Relay
PCB
3.3V
5V
12V
3.3V
5V
12V
38V
-8V
5V
8V
-8V
3.3V
5V
24V
-12V
5V
12V
38V
3.3V
24V
38V
24V
3.3V
5V
8V
15V
24V
24V
38V
38V control PCB
(accessory)
driver PCB
PD
PCB
-8V
5V
8V
3.3V
5V
12V
3.3V
5V
12V
24V
Scanning
Intensity
heater
(accessory) PCB 2
24V
5V
12V
HV-AC
Image PCB
server
(hard disk)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-21
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
2. Operation
a. Shift from Standby to Sleep Mode
The timer on the MFC PCB keeps track of lapses of time, and it issues a sleep mode shift
command when a specific period of time passes. In response to the sleep shift command, the DC
controller PCB causes the DC_POWER_OFF signal to go '0' and the A_REMOTE signal to go '0'.
In response to the A_REMOTE signal=0, the relay circuit switches the power supply to sleep
mode.
DC_POWER_OFF
Image
MFC CPU
processor
PCB IC18
PCB
Control
A-REMOTE
A11
B12
panel Switching 3 Remote signal
CPU PCB circuit J1719 control assembly
Control J505
panel power J503 DC
switch controller Relay PCB
PCB A31
J525
Printer
System MFC
B31
PCB
motherboard PCB
(accessory)
J1407
Reference:
100V/20A 100V/15A
120V model 230V model
model model
Standby power consumption
(Wh) 357 355 335 330
9-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
b. Return to Standby
The copier returns to standby state in response to the control panel power switch or the signal
from the printer PCB (accessory).
DC_POWER_OFF
MFC Image CPU When the remote signal is received,
PCB processor IC18 the copier shifts to standby state.
PCB
B12
Switching 3 Remote signal
CPU PCB control
Control circuit J505 J1719
J503 DC assembly
panel controller
power switch Relay PCB
PCB
A31
J525
Printer System
B31
MFC WAKE UP
PCB motherboard
(accessory) PCB
Signal from the control panel power switch
J1407
Changing the shift time to low power 10, 15*, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90 min; 2, 3, 4 hr
consumption mode *Factory default.
Reference:
100V/20A 100V/15A
120V model 230V model
model model
Standby power consumption
(Wh) 359 355 335 330
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-23
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
C. Silence Mode
In silence mode, the laser scanner motor revolution is reduced (3/4) in standby state.
For details, see IV. "Controlling the Laser Scanner Motor" in Chapter 5.
Reference:
100V/20A 100V/15A
120V model 230V model
model model
Standby power consumption
(Wh) 359 355 335 330
9-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
VII . DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
The copier possesses the mechanical characteristics discussed in the following pages; go
through the instructions given when disassembling/assembling the copier's parts while keeping the
following in mind:
2. Assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble them, unless otherwise noted.
4. Do not leave out the toothed washer that comes with one of the mounting screws on the rear
cover to protect against static electricity.
5. Do not leave out the washer that comes with the screw used for the grounding wire and the
varistor to ensure electrical continuity.
6. Do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed, unless otherwise mentioned.
7. Turn off the front cover switch or the power switch before sliding out the duplexing feeding
unit or the fixing assembly.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-25
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[7]
[9]
[8]
Figure 9-A701
[13]
[12]
[11]
[10]
Figure 9-A702
Caution:
Do not remove the cover shown in the Cover Screw
figure. Screw Cover
If removed and mounted again, it will
displace the ADF, adversely affecting
images.
Figure 9-A703
9-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[18]
Figure 9-A704
Figure 9-A705
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-27
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[1] [2]
Figure 9-A706
[7]
[7]
[3]
[4] [8]
Figure 9-A707
9-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[1]
[1]
[1] [2]
Figure 9-A708
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-29
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
B. Control Panel
1. Removing the Control Panel
1) Remove the standard white plate. (See
Figures 3-D511 through -D513.)
2) Remove the copyboard glass and the con-
trol panel middle cover.
3) Remove the two screws [1], and detach
the face plate [2].
Figure 9-B702
[6] [7]
Figure 9-B703
9-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
6) Remove the four screws [8] of the front [8] [10] [9] [8]
cover, and disconnect the three connectors
[9]; then, detach the control panel [10].
[9]
Figure 9-B704
[2] [1]
Figure 9-B705
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-31
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-B706
3. Removing the Control Panel PCB
and the LCD Panel
1) Remove the three screws [1], and detach
the control panel lower cover [2]. [1] [2] [1]
Figure 9-B707
Figure 9-B708
9-32 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Caution:
When mounting the control panel PCB
or the LCD panel to the control panel,
keep in mind that some locations need to
be screwed together with the CPU PCB
mounting plate (2 locations on the con-
trol panel PCB, 2 locations on the LCD
panel).
Figure 9-B709
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-33
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
C. Fans
1. Removing the Primary Charging [1] [2] [1]
Assembly Fan
1) Open the front door.
2) Remove the inside cover (process unit).
3) Remove the inside upper cover.
4) Remove the two screws [1], and slide out
the primary charging fan [2].
Caution:
When mounting the primary charging
assembly fan, be sure that the direction
of air current matches the marking indi-
cated on the fan.
Figure 9-C701
[3] [2]
Figure 9-C702
9-34 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Caution:
When mounting the fixing heat dis-
charge fan, be sure that the direction of
air current match the marking indicated
on the fan.
Figure 9-C703
Caution:
When mounting the scanner cooling fan,
be sure that the direction of air current
matches the marking indicated on the
fan.
Figure 9-C704
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-35
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-C705
Caution:
When mounting the stream reading fan,
be sure that the direction of air current
matches the marking indicated on the
fan.
Figure 9-C706
9-36 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
5) Disconnect the connector [3], and remove [4] [5] [4] [3]
the two screws [4]; then, detach the stream
reading fan [5].
Figure 9-C707
5. Removing the Laser Cooling Fan
1) Remove the copyboard glass.
2) Remove the original sensor unit 1. [2]
3) Remove the image processor cover, and
detach the image processor PCB.
4) Remove the two screws [1], and discon-
nect the connector [2]; then, detach the la-
ser cooling fan [3] together with its
mount.
Figure 9-C708
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-37
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Caution:
When mounting the laser cooling fan, be
sure that the direction of air current
matches the marking indicated on the
fan.
Figure 9-C709
6. Removing the De-Curling Fan
1) Open the front door. [2]
2) Slide out the fixing/feeding unit. [3] [1]
3) Remove the fixing/feeding unit cover.
4) Disconnect the two connectors [1], and re-
move the four screws [2]; then, detach the
fixing motor mount [3] together with the
fixing motor.
[2]
[2]
Figure 9-C710
[5]
[4]
5) Remove the two screws [4], and discon-
nect the connector [5]; then, detach the de-
livery speed switching clutch [6].
[4]
[6]
Figure 9-C711
9-38 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Caution:
When mounting the de-curling fan, be
sure that the direction of air current
matches the marking indicated on the
fan.
[7]
[8]
Figure 9-C712
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-39
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Caution:
When mounting the feeding fan, be sure
that the direction of air current matches
the marking indicated on the fan.
[4]
Figure 9-C714
[2] [1]
Figure 9-C715
9-40 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Caution:
When mounting the drum fan, be sure
that the direction of air current matches
the marking indicated on the fan.
Figure 9-C716
Caution:
When mounting the inverter cooling fan, [1] [2] [1]
be sure that the direction of air current
matches the marking indicated on the
fan.
Figure 9-C717
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-41
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-C718
Caution:
When mounting the pre-transfer charg- [1] [2] [3]
ing fan, be sure that the direction of air
current matches the marking indicated
on the fan.
Figure 9-C719
9-42 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[5]
Figure 9-C720
11. Removing the Power Supply
Cooling Fan 1
1) Remove the lower left cover.
2) Remove the power supply unit.
3) Remove the three screws [1], and detach
the fan mount [2].
Caution:
When mounting the power supply cool- [2] [1]
ing fan 1, be sure that the direction of air
current matches the marking indicated
on the fan.
[1]
Figure 9-C721
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-43
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
4) Remove the two screws [3], and discon- [3] [5] [4] [3]
nect the conector [4]; then, detach the
power supply cooling fan 1 [5].
Figure 9-C722
Caution:
When mounting the power supply cool-
ing fan 2, be sure that the direction of air
current matches the marking on the fan.
Figure 9-C723
9-44 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-C724
4) Disconnect the connector [3], and remove
the five screws [4]; then, detach the sepa- [5] [4]
ration fan unit [5].
Figure 9-C725
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-45
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Caution:
When mounting the separation fan, be
sure that the direction of air current [6]
matches the marking indicated on the
fan.
[7]
Figure 9-C726
Figure 9-C727
9-46 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-C728
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-47
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
D. Drive Assembly
1. Removing the Left Pickup Drive
Assembly
Construction
[2] [2]
Figure 9-D701
9-48 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[1]
[2] [4] [5]
Figure 9-D702
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-49
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[3] [1]
1) Remove the rear cover.
2) Remove the high-voltage transformer
(DC). (See Figure 9-I701.)
3) Remove the flywheel. (See Figure 9-
D712.)
4) Remove the drum gear. (See Figure 9-
D713.)
5) Remove the waste toner pipe. (See Figure
9-D715.)
6) Remove the drum drive assembly. (Figure
9-D717.)
7) Remove the waste toner drive assembly.
(See Figure 9-D707.)
8) Remove the two screws [1], and discon- [2] [1]
nect the connector [2]; then, detach the
Figure 9-D703
drum fan [3].
[5] [6] [5] [4]
[5] [4]
Figure 9-D704
9-50 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[1]
[2]
Figure 9-D705
[4] [3]
Figure 9-D706
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-51
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[1] [2]
1) Remove the rear cover.
2) Remove the high-voltage transformer
(DC).
3) Remove the flywheel.
4) Remove the drum gear.
5) Remove the waste toner pipe.
6) Remove the drum drive assembly.
7) Remove the six screws [1], and detach the
waste toner drive assembly [2].
[1] [1]
Figure 9-D707
9-52 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[1]
Figure 9-D708
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-53
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-D709
9-54 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-D710
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-55
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Caution:
When mounting the main drive assem-
bly, be sure to slide out the fixing/feed-
ing assembly in advance. (A coupling
and a spring are mounted to the back of
the main drive assembly. If the fixing/
feeding assembly is inside, the action of
the spring will hinder mounting work.)
Figure 9-D711
9-56 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-D712
Caution:
When removing the screw from the
drum shaft gear, pay attention to the di-
rection of rotation of the gear. (Be sure
to turn it counterclockwise.)
[3] [5]
Figure 9-D713
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-57
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
7) Remove the waste toner case, remove the [6] [7] [8] [6]
five screws [6], and disconnect the four
connectors [7]; then, remove the waste
toner case mount [8].
Figure 9-D714
[11]
[12]
[9]
Figure 9-D715
9-58 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-D716
Figure 9-D717
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-59
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[1] [2]
Figure 9-D718
9-60 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[3] [1]
[2]
Figure 9-D719
[5] [4]
Figure 9-D720
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-61
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
E. Switches
1. Removing the Cover Switch (door
switch) Assembly
1) Remove the inside upper cover. (See Fig-
ure 9-A706.)
2) Remove the control panel. (See Figure 9-
B704.)
3) Remove the three screws [1], and slide out
the cover switch assembly [2] to the front.
Figure 9-E701
[3]
Figure 9-E702
9-62 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Figure 9-E703
[4]
[4] [5]
Figure 9-E704
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-63
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[7]
[8]
Figure 9-E705
[3]
[4]
[1] [1]
[1] [2]
Figure 9-E706
9-64 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
F. DC Controller PCB
1) Remove the rear cover.
2) Open the system box assembly.
3) Disconnect the 19 connectors on the PCB,
and remove the four screws [1]; then, de- [1] [2] [1]
tach the DC controller PCB [2].
[1]
Figure 9-F701
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-65
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[1]
Figure 9-G701
3) Remove the two screws [3], and detach [3] [4] [3]
the cover plate [4]; then, remove the two
screws [5], and detach the power supply
unit [6].
Figure 9-G702
9-66 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
H. High-Voltage Transformer
(AC)
1) Remove the rear cover.
[1] [1] [2] [1] [1]
2) Remove the waste toner case and the
waste toner case mount.
3) Disconnect the four connectors [1], and
remove the screw [2]; then, detach the
high-voltage transformer assembly (AC)
[3].
[3]
Figure 9-H701
Figure 9-I701
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-67
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
J. Relay PCB
1) Remove the lower left cover.
2) Disconnect the connector from the relay
PCB, and remove the PCB spacer to de- [1]
tach the relay PCB [1].
Figure 9-J701
K. MFC PCB
1) Remove the rear cover.
2) Remove the system box.
3) Remove the 16 screws [1], and detach the
system cover 1 [2]. [1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
Figure 9-K701
9-68 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[5]
[3]
Figure 9-K702
5) Disconnect the three connectors [7], and
remove the four screws [8]; then, detach [8]
the motherboard PCB [9].
[9]
[7]
[7]
[8]
Figure 9-K703
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-69
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
[11]
[12] [11]
[11] [10]
[11]
[10]
Figure 9-K704
9-70 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 9 EXTERNALS/AUXILIARY MECHANISMS
Main motor
Pickup motor
Figure 9-L701
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 9-71
CHAPTER 10
SIDE PAPER DECK
This chapter provides descriptions on basic operations of the paper deck, functions
of each operation, relationships between electrical and mechanical systems, and
timing at which each associated part is turned on.
I. SIDE PAPER DECK ................. 10-1 II. DETECTING JAMS ................. 10-18
A. Inputs to and Outputs from the A. Outline ................................ 10-18
Side Deck Driver .................. 10-1 III. DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
B. Pickup .................................. 10-4 ................................................ 10-20
C. Deck Paper Detection .......... 10-7 A. External Covers ................. 10-21
D. Deck Lifter ............................ 10-9 B. Deck Body .......................... 10-26
E. Opening / Closing the Deck C. Drive Mechanisms ............. 10-32
(compartment) ................... 10-12 D. Feeding System ................. 10-39
F. Controlling the Deck Motor E. Electrical System ............... 10-44
........................................... 10-14
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
+5VR
J10-1 J8-5 J104-5
Deck pickup -2 -4 -4 When PS101 detects paper, '1'.
sensor PS101 DPPD
-3 -3 -3 (When the light-blocking sensor is
at PS101.)
+5VR
J5-1 J4-4 J103-7
Deck paper When paper is absent in the deck,
-2 -3 -6 '0'.
absent sensor PS102 DPE*
-3 -2 -5 (When the light-blocking sensor is
not at PS102.)
+5VR
J6-1 J4-7 J103-10
Deck lifter upper -2 -6 -9 When the deck lifter is at the upper
limit sensor PS103 DLUL limit, '1'.
-3 -5 -8
(When the light-blocking sensor is
at PS103.)
+5VR
J7-1 J4-10 J103-13
Deck lifter When the lifter is at the pickup
-2 -9 -12
position sensor PS104 DLPD position, '1'.
-3 -8 -11 (When the light-blocking sensor is
at PS104.)
+5VR
J24-1 J108-5
Deck set sensor -2
When the deck is set in the copier,
PS105 -4
DSET '1'.
-3 -3 (When the light-blocking sensor is
at PS105.)
+5VR
J12-1 J8-10 J104-10
Deck feed sensor When PS106 detects paper, '1'.
-2 -9 -9
PS106 DPFD (When the light-blocking sensor is
-3 -8 -8 at PS106.)
+5VR
Deck paper J18-1 J17-3 J107-3
When the deck lifter is at the paper
supply position -2 -2 -2
PS107 DPSP supply position, '1'.
-3 -1 -1 (When the light-blocking sensor is
sensor
at PS107.)
+5VR
J19-1 J17-14 J107-6
Deck paper level -2 -13 -5
When PS108 detects the absence
sensor PS108 DPLD of paper (level decreasing to half),
-3 -12 -4
'1'.
(When the light-blocking sensor is
+5VR at PS108.)
J25-1 J108-8
Deck open sensor PS109 -2 -7
When the compartment is set in
DOPND* the deck, '1'.
-3 -6
(When the light-blocking sensor is
at PS109.)
Figure 10-101a
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-1
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
SW100
J3-1 J103-4
Deck open DOPN* When SW100 is pushed to open
switch -2 -3 the deck, '0'.
+5VR
LED100
-3 -2
Deck open
indicator -4 -1 When the deck is open/closed,
DOLON* '0'.
Open switch PCB (The LED turns on or flashes
while the deck lifter motor is
SW101 rotating.)
J22-1 J109-3
Deck open DOPD* When the deck is open, '0'.
detecting switch NO -2 -1 (When SW101 is not pushed.)
SW102
J102-1 J107-8
Deck lifter lower DLLD When the deck lifter is at the
limit detecting NO -7 lower limit, '1'.
-2
switch (When SW102 is not pushed.)
+38VU
+24VU. J101-1
-3
Power supply -2
0VU
Copier
Figure 10-101b
10-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
+38VU
J15-1 J106-1
-2 -2
+5VR
J14-2 J105-5
-6 -1
Deck main M101 DBIT1
-5 -2
motor DBIT0
See p. 10-14.
-4 -3
DMPLK
-3 -4 DMON
-1 -6
24VU
J11-1 J8-6 J104-6
Deck feeding CL101 -2 -7 -7
clutch DPFCD* When '0', CL101 turns on.
24VU
J13-2 -11 J3-11
Deck pickup CL102 -1 -12 -12
clutch DPUCD* When '0', CL102 turns on.
24VU
Deck pickup J9-2 J8-1 J104-1
roller releasing SL101 -1 -2 -2
DPRSD*
solenoid When '0', SL101 turns on.
24VU
J23-2 J108-1
Deck open
solenoid SL102 -1 -2
DOPSD* When '0', SL102 turns on.
Figure 10-102
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-3
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
B. Pickup
1. Outline
The side paper deck (hereafter, "deck") is capable of holding as many as 3,500 sheets of paper
(A4/LTR/B5 of 80 g/m2), and operates in response to the control signals from the copier's DC
controller.
The lifter of the deck is driven by the deck lifter motor (M102), and paper is picked up and
moved by the drive of the deck main motor (M101).
2. Pickup Operation
The paper set in the deck is held up by the lifter, and is kept at a specific position.
When the Copy Start key is pressed and the deck pickup clunch (CL102) turns on, the drive of
the deck main motor (M101) rotates the pickup roller to start pickup operation. At this time, the
pickup/feeding roller and the separation roller serve to make sure that only one sheet of paper is
picked up.
Then, when the deck pickup sensor (PS101) detects paper, the deck pickup roller releasing
solenoid (SL101) turns on so that the pickup roller leaves the surface of paper.
The deck feeding roller starts to rotate when the deck feeding clutch (CL101) turns on. Then,
the paper that has been picked up is moved to the copier's registration roller, and is made to arch so
as to remove the skew.
The registration roller controls the paper so that its leading edge and the leading edge of the
image on the photosensitive drum match.
10-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC.
Deck feed paper detection
PS106
signal (DPFD)
Deck pickup detection signal
(DPPD)
PS101
Deck feeding clutch dive signal
(DPFCD*)
CL101
Deck pickup clutch drive signal
(DPUCD*)
Figure 10-103
DC controller PCB
CL102
Deck main motor drive signal
M101
10-5
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Figure 10-104
10-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Copy paper
Lifter
Lifter
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-7
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Control panel
Paper level PS102 PS107 PS108
indication
About 1750 to 3500 sheets 1 1 1
About 500 to 1750 sheets 1 1 0
1 to about 500 sheets 1 0 0
0 0 0 0
1: The light-blocking plate is over the sensor.
0: The light-blocking plate is not over the sensor.
Table 10-101
10-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
D. Deck Lifter
1. Detecting the Presence/Absence of Paper
The lifter of the deck is connected to a reel by means of a cable, and is driven by the deck lifter
motor (M102). The lifter is moved up or down by changing the direction of rotation of the motor.
When the deck (compartment) is pushed inside the copier, the deck open detecting switch
(SW101) is pushed; the lifter stops when the deck open sensor (PS109) detects the light-blocking
plate.
The deck lifter upper limit sensor (PS103) is used to prevent damage to the deck in the event
that the lifter fails to stop moving up beyond the deck lifter position sensor because of some fault.
The lifter starts to move down as soon as the deck open switch (SW100) is pushed, and contin-
ues to move down until the deck paper supply position sensor (PS107) leaves the sensor lever
(falling edge of the sensor output).
When paper is supplied, the paper will push the lever of the deck paper supply position sensor,
causing the lifter to move farther down until the stack of paper leaves the sensor lever.
The lifter repeats downward movement each time paper is supplied until it pushes the deck
lifter lower limit detecting switch (SW102; maximum paper supply position).
The copier's DC-CPU monitors the combination of sensor outputs (activation) related to the
movement of the deck lifter; when the deck lifter position sensor (PS104) output and the deck level
sensor position sensor (PS108) output are '1' and the deck paper supply position sensor (PS107) is
'0' (not likely in practice), the copier's control panel will indicate 'E041'.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-9
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Deck lifter
Deck open position sensor
detection switch (PS104)
(SW101) Deck paper Deck open
Deck main Deck lifter upper
supply position sensor switch
motor limit sensor
(PS107) (SW100)
M101 (PS103)
Deck pickup roller
Deck paper
level sensor
(PS108)
Deck pickup / feeding roller
M102
Deck separation roller
Deck lifter
motor
Deck lifter
cable
Deck lifter lower
limit detecting switch
(SW102)
Lifter
Copy paper
Figure 10-106
10-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Indicator window
Deck lifter
Coupling
motor
M102
Figure 10-107
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-11
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
J100 J103
SW100 -1 Deck open signal (DOPN*) -4
J103
-4 Deck open indicator LED activation signal (DOLON*) -1
LED100
Open switch PCB
PS103 Deck lifter upper limit detection signal J103
(DLUL) -9
(compartment)
PS109 J108
Deck open detecting signal (DOPND*) -7
SW101 J109
Deck open detection signal (DOPD*) -3 Side
DC
deck
controller
Deck lifter driver
PCB
PCB
Figure 10-108
10-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Deck open
switch ON Compartment set
On Flashing Off
Deck open indicator
(LED100)
Compartment open
Deck open detecting switch
(SW101)
Figure 10-109
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-13
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Figure 10-110
10-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Table 10-102
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-15
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
10-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Deck open
detection signal 24V 24V
24V Deck open detecting
(DOPD)
switch (SW101)
Deck open
Communication conversion IC (Q17)
signal (DOPND*)
PS109
Deck open
Deck lifter position sensor
Deck lifter motor detection signal
drive signal (DLPD)
PS104
(DLMON*)
Deck lifter
Deck lifter up position sensor
signal (DLUP*) Deck set signal
(DSET)
PS105
Deck set
Deck lifter roller limit sensor
detection signal
(DLLD)
Note: The communications conversion IC (Q17) in the diagram converts serial signals
to parallel signals and vice versa.
Figure 10-111
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-17
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
PS106
PS101
Figure 10-201
Table 10-201
10-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
1. When the copier's power switch is turned on, at the end of the WAIT period, or in standby,
paper exists over the deck feed sensor (PS106).
Jam check
Deck pickup sensor
(PS101)
Deck feed sensor Normal Error
(PS106)
Deck main motor
(M101)
Figure 10-202
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-19
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
III . DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
The copier possesses the mechanical characteristics discussed in the following pages; go
through the instructions given when disassembling/assembling the copier's parts while keeping the
following in mind:
2. Assemble the parts by reversing the steps used to disassemble them, unless otherwise noted.
4. Do not leave out the toothed washer that comes with one of the mounting screws to protect
against static electricity.
5. Do not operate the machine with any of its parts removed, unless otherwise mentioned.
6. If the deck is equipped with an anti-humidity heater, be sure to disconnect its power plug for
safety.
10-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[4] [5]
Figure 10-A301
(rear)
[1]
Figure 10-A302
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-21
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[4]
Figure 10-A303
Caution:
When mounting the front cover to the
deck, be sure to match the coupling used
as a paper level indicator.
Match.
Figure 10-A304a
10-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Caution:
When mounting the front cover, be sure
that the gap between the front cover and Upper front cover
the upper front cover is 3 ±1 mm.
Front cover
m
1m
3±
Figure 10-A304b
Caution:
If you inadvertently moved the drive belt
for the paper level indicator behind the Deck front cover
front cover when removing the front Indicator
cover and cannot find its initial position, window
The lifter moves
or moved the deck lifter, move down the down to indicate
deck lifter to its lower limit, and move Drive belt
an increase in the
the drive belt in the direction of the ar- level of paper
row (thereby increasing the while area) (white area).
until it stops; then, mount the front
cover. (Operating the deck without
matching the paper level indicator and
the deck lifter position can damage the
drive mechanism of the paper level indi-
cator.)
Figure 10-A305 (front view)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-23
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[1]
[2]
[1]
Figure 10-A306
[1]
Figure 10-A307
10-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
(rear)
[1]
Figure 10-A308
3) Remove the three screws [3], and discon- [4] [5]
nect the connector [4]; then, remove the [3]
upper front cover [5].
Figure 10-A309
Figure 10-A310
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-25
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
B. Deck Body
1. Detaching the Deck from the
Copier
1) Place a stack of copy paper [3] (about 8 [2]
cm in height) on the floor for placement of
the deck [2] to prevent deformation of the
roll support plate [1].
8 cm (approx.)
[3] [3]
[1]
Figure 10-B301
2) Remove the right cover. (See p. 10-24.)
10-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
(left)
[7] [5]
[6]
(right)
[5]
Figure 10-B302
[8]
Figure 10-B303
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-27
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
8 cm (approx.)
[3] [1] [3]
Figure 10-B304
(rear)
[4]
Figure 10-B305
10-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[7]
(rear left of the [6]
compartment) [8]
Figure 10-B306
[12]
[8]
Figure 10-B307
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-29
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Figure 10-B308
[6]
Figure 10-B309
10-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Figure 10-B310
3 mm (approx.)
the four mounting screws [4] on the roll
support plate [3] so that the roll [1] is
about 3mm from the floor [2]. (Use the
scale graduation [5] on the front side plate
as a guide.)
[3]
[1] [2]
Figure 10-B311
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-31
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
C. Drive Mechanisms
1. Removing the Deck Pickup
Clutch (CL102)
1) Remove the deck pickup unit. (See p. 10-
39.)
2) Disconnect the connector [1] and the E- [1]
ring [2]; then, detach the deck pickup
clutch [3].
Caution:
When mounting the pickup clutch, be
sure to put the clutch into the slip stop [3]
[4].
Be sure also to hook the harness on the [4] [2] [5]
U-groove [5] of the guide.
Figure 10-C301
Caution:
When mounting the feeding clutch, be
sure to put the clutch into the slip stop
[5].
[5]
[3] [4]
Figure 10-C302
10-32 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[3]
Figure 10-C303
4. Removing the Deck Lifter Motor
(M102) [1] [2]
1) Open the compartment of the deck, and
remove all copy paper.
2) Turn on the copier's power. If the lifter of
the deck is up, push down the sensor lever
[1] of the paper supply position sensor.
Stop the lifter [2] when it is about 7cm
from the base plate of the compartment,
and insert a hex wrench into the hole of
the lifter drive shaft [3] to hold it in place
(thereby preventing it from rotating).
Figure 10-C304
[3] [4]
.)
rox
app
m(
7c
[2]
Figure 10-C305
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-33
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[7] [6]
Figure 10-C306
[2]
Figure 10-C307
10-34 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[4]
Figure 10-C308
[6]
[5]
Figure 10-C309
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-35
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[8]
[4]
[9]
[8]
[7]
Figure 10-C311
[5]
[6]
Figure 10-C312
10-36 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Caution:
If you fail to prevent the lifter drive shaft
from rotating, the lifter cable will be-
come slack as soon as you remove the
lifter motor unit.
Figure 10-C313
[12]
[12]
[13]
Figure 10-C314
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-37
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[3]
[4]
(rear)
[5]
[6]
[3]
[3]
[6]
[5] [2]
[1]
[3]
Figure 10-C315
10-38 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[2]
Figure 10-D301
Caution: [3]
When mounting the deck pickup unit
[3], be sure to use the three screws
shown in Figure 10-D302.
Screws
Figure 10-D302
[2]
2. Removing the Deck Pickup Roller
1) Remove the deck pickup unit. (See p. 10-
39.)
2) Turn over the deck pickup unit; then, re-
move the resin ring [1] (one each), and de-
tach the deck pickup roller [2].
[1]
Figure 10-D303
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-39
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Figure 10-D304a
When mounting the deck pickup roller [4]
at the rear, be sure that the marking [5] on the
side of the roller and the marking [6] on the [5]
collar (silver) are toward the rear.
(direction
of rotation) [6]
Figure 10-D304b
Figure 10-D305
10-40 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[2] (front)
[1]
Figure 10-D306
[2]
Figure 10-D307a
[3]
Figure 10-D307b
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-41
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
Caution:
The urethane sponge used on the deck
separation roller changes over time from
initial pink to orange and then to yellow,
accelerated if exposed to light. This is a
general characteristic of urethane
sponge, and does not affect its perfor-
mance, and the part is not identified by
color.
B
Figure 10-D308
10-42 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[1]
Figure 10-D309
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-43
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
[2]
Figure 10-E301
(rear)
[1]
Figure 10-E302
10-44 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 10 SIDE PAPER DECK
2) Remove the three screws [3], and discon- [3] [4] [5]
nect the connector [4]; then, detach the
upper front cover [5].
Figure 10-E303
Figure 10-E304
Caution:
When mounting the upper front cover,
take care to avoid trapping the harness
by the open switch PCB and be sure to
connect all connectors.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 10-45
CHAPTER 11
INSTALLATION
This chapter provides instructions on how to install the copier and its accessories.
I. SELECTING THE SITE ............ 11-1 J. Changing the Size of the Front
II. UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION Deck (right and left) ........... 11-20
.................................................. 11-4 III. RELOCATING THE COPIER . 11-21
A. Unpacking ............................ 11-5 IV. INSTALLING THE CONTROL
B. Mounting the Scanner.......... 11-8 CARD V................................... 11-22
C. Mounting the Fixing Assembly V. INSTALLING THE REMOTE
............................................. 11-9 DIAGNOSTIC DEVICE II ........ 11-27
D. Mounting the Corona Assemblies VI. INSTALLING THE COPY DATA
........................................... 11-10 CONTROLLER-A1 .................. 11-36
E. Checking the Developing A. Setting the Board ............... 11-36
Assembly ........................... 11-13 B. Installing to the Copier ....... 11-39
F. Mounting the Pick-Up Assembly C. Checking the Operation ..... 11-42
........................................... 11-14 VII. INSTALLING THE CASSETTE
G. Supplying Toner ................. 11-15 HEATER(for 120V model: Cassette
H. Mounting the ADF .............. 11-16 Heater Unit 15) ........................ 11-53
I. Checking Images/Operations A. Installing to the Copier ....... 11-53
(user mode)........................ 11-17
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
1. There must be a power outlet providing voltage as rated (+10%, -15%) and a means of ground-
ing the copier.
2. The temperature and the humidity of the site must be 15°C to 30°C and 5% to 80%, respec-
tively. In particular, avoid areas near water faucets, water boilers, humidifiers, and refrigera-
tors.
3. The area must not be near sources of fire, and the site must not be subject to dust or ammonium
gas. If direct sunshine is expected, provide curtains.
4. The level of ozone generated by the copier will not harm the health of the people working
around it. However, some individuals may find the odor unpleasant, and it is important to make
sure that the room is ventilated well.
5. The area must ensure that the copier's feet will remain in contact and the copier will remain
level.
6. The area must allow adequate space for operating the copier. (The copier must be at least 10 cm
away from any wall.)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-1
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
7. The area must have good current of air. If multiple copiers are expected, arrange so that the
exhaust from one copier will not be drawn into another. Further, avoid placing a copier near the
air vent of the room.
Exhaust
Wrong 1
Figure 11-101
In general, the silicone gas* generated by a copier tends to soil corona charging wires, shortening
the wire life. Keep in mind that this is particularly true in a low humidity environment.
*Result of silicone oil evaporating from the fixing assembly.
Wrong 2
Figure 11-102
11-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
10 cm min.
50 cm min.
200 cm min. Copier
120 cm min.
50 cm min.
250 cm min.
10 cm min.
110 cm min.
Copier
200 cm min.
120 cm min.
50 cm min.
310 cm min.
10 cm min.
50 cm min.
Copier
200 cm min.
50 cm min.
50 cm min.
180 cm min.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-3
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution:
A. Keep the following in mind when using stairs to deliver the copier in or out of the user's:
1. Remove the fixing/feeding unit, lower feeding path, and copy paper from the copier,
and transport them separately from the copier.
(If the ADF is installed, be sure to remove it also.)
2. When holding the copier, do not use the hand grips of the pickup assembly/delivery
assembly; instead, support it by grasping the four corners of its bottom.
B. Shift up the two adjusters (front) on the copier's bottom to make sure that they are un-
locked. Further, take care so that the adjusters will not slip off the copier during transpor-
tation.
C. Be sure to work in a group of three persons. When removing the pads, arrange one person
at the rear and one person at the front holding a hand grip so that the remaining one person
may remove the pads.
D. Keep the following in mind when moving the copier:
1. The hand grips are inside the shipping box.
2. Be sure that each hand grip has been fully inserted before lifting the copier. (The hand
grips can slip off. Take extra care.)
3. The copier weighs about 251 kg. Be sure to work in a group of four when lifting it.
11-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
A. Unpacking
No. Work Remarks
1 Unpack the copier. Remove the two grip
covers (front, rear) on the left side, and
shift up the grips. Grip Grip (front)
(rear)
Grip covers
Grip
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-5
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
11-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution:
The pins are taped in place to the
slopes.
Pin
Slope plates
Caution:
Before moving on to the next steps, check to see if there is condensation on the outside or the
inside of the copier right after taking it out of its shipping box. If condensation is found, stop
the work and wait until the copier has become used to the room temperature.
Start the steps that follow after making sure that the copier is free of condensation.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-7
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Scanner fixing
11-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Fixing/feeding unit
Caution:
Be sure to remove all traces of glue
(from tape) and foreign matter from
the feeding belt.
Screws
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-9
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Screw
11-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Screw
Unlock
Screw
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-11
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution:
Check to make sure that the one-
way arm of the transfer charging
assembly is on top of the eccentric
cam.
Eccentric cam
11-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution:
When mounting the developing
assembly, try inserting it from high
above, taking care not to bring the
developing cylinder into contact
with the metal plate of the develop-
ing assembly base.
Connectors
Screws
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-13
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Pick-up roller
releasing spacer
Pick-up roller
releasing spacers
4 Secure the deck pressure plate to the front Deck pressure plate
deck (left) with an RS tightening screw
(M4 × 6; white).
screw
11-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
G. Supplying Toner
No. Work Remarks
1 Take out the toner cartridge from the
Toner cartridge
packaging box.
Caution:
Insert the toner cartridge until the
marking of the toner cartridge and
the marking of the copier come
into contact.
Marking
Toner cartridge Toner cartridge
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-15
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Connector
Caution:
When mounting the ADF original
tray, fit the hook of the tray in the
copier's groove, and slide it to the
left before securing it in place with
screws. ADF document
tray
Hook
11-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
3 Connect the power plug to the outlet; • Adjust the contrast of the control panel using the
then, turn on the main power switch and control dial on the screen. Inform the user of how
the control panel power switch in the dial may be used.
sequence. • Check that the Supply Paper indicator has turned
on.
Caution: • Press the keys on the keypad and the Clear key to
In the case of a 230V model, make sure that the correct copy count is indicated.
connect the power plug that comes
with the unit to the copier before
making checks.
230V
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-17
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Sticker
11-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Screws
11 When toner supply operation has ended, • Make sure that there is no abnormal noise.
place the Test Sheet on the copyboard, • Check the copy image at each default
and make copies to check copy images. reproduction ratio.
Images on the first ten copies or so may • Make sure that as many copies as set are made.
be soiled because of toner falling from the • If a discrepancy is noted between left and right,
drum separation claws. Soiling should correct by adjusting the rear height of the primary
stop as more copies are made. charging wire.
Check to make sure that pick-up • Make sure that all copying operations are correct.
operation from each cassette is normal.
12 Make double-sided copies to check the
operation.
13 Make settings for standard mode in user For details of service mode, see the VIII. in chapter
mode and service mode to suit the user's 13.
needs.
14 Press the Reset key twice to end service
mode.
15 Clean up the area around the copier.
16 Move the copier to the site of installation,
and fix the copier in place using the
adjusters.
17 If you need to install accessories, install
them now according to the instructions
given in the respective Installation
Procedures.
18 Fill out the Service Sheet.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-19
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Screws
11-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution:
A. Keep the following in mind when using stairs to deliver the copier in or out of the user's:
1. Remove the fixing/feeding unit, holding tray, and copy paper from the copier, and
transport them separately from the copier.
(If the ADF is installed, be sure to remove it also.)
2. When holding the copier, do not use the hand grips of the pickup assembly/delivery
assembly; instead, support it by grasping the four corners of its bottom.
B. Shift up the two adjusters (front) on the copier's bottom to make sure that they are un-
locked. Further, take care so that the adjusters will not slip off the copier during transpor-
tation.
C. When delivering the copier into/out of the user's, be sure to remove the accessories (side
paper deck, finisher).
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-21
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Figure 11-401
Screw
Figure 11-402
11-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Dust-proofing glass
Figure 11-403
Figure 11-404
6) Remove the five screws, and detach the Inside cover (upper)
inside cover (upper).
Screws
Figure 11-405
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-23
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Screws
Figure 11-406
Figure 11-407
Screw
2) Remove the screw, and then remove the
inlet face plate.
Figure 11-408
11-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution:
Secure the control card in place so that it
will not come into contact with the con-
trol panel cover when a card is inserted
through the slot.
Control Card V
Figure 11-409
Figure 11-410
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-25
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Connect
Figure 11-411
Figure 11-412
11-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Figure 11-501
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-27
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
[3]
Figure 11-502
[6] [5]
Figure 11-503
[7]
Figure 11-504
11-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
[8]
[8]
Figure 11-505
[9]
Figure 11-506
1 1 1
SW2 SW3
LED5 SW4
LED6
LED4 2
IC6 CN4
SW1
CN3 CN2
Figure 11-507
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-29
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[12] to ON; otherwise, shift the bit to [12]
OFF.
SW4
1
SW3
1
[11]
9) Set the bits of the DIP switch (SW3) [13] CN3 CN2
[13]
1 2 3 4 5 6
LED1 LED2 LED3
2 6
BAT1
1 1 1
SW2 SW3
LED5 SW4
LED6
LED4 2
IC6 CN4
SW1
CN3 CN2
Figure 11-509
Table 11-501
11-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
1 1 1
SW2 SW3
LED5 SW4
LED6
LED4 2
IC6 CN4
SW1
CN3 CN2
Figure 11-510
[15]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW2 bits Setting
SW2-1 OFF
SW2-2 OFF
SW2-3 ON [17] LED1 LED2 LED3
2 6
BAT1
SW2-4 ON LED5
SW2
1
SW4
1
SW3
1
LED6
2
[16]
LED4
SW1
SW2-6 OFF
CN3 CN2
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-31
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW2 bits Setting
SW2-1 OFF
SW2-2 OFF [17] LED1 LED2 LED3
2 6
BAT1
SW1
SW2-5 OFF
SW2-6 ON CN3 CN2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PCB of the controller to OFF.
1 1 1
SW2 SW3
LED5 SW4
LED6
LED4 2
IC6 CN4
SW1
CN3 CN2
Figure 11-513
11-32 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
2
nector [19] (LINE). LED4
IC6 CN4
Figure 11-514
[21] LED6
LED4
IC6
2
CN4
SW1
CN3 CN2
Figure 11-515
Caution:
Be sure to check with the service station
to find out whether the settings are cor-
rect once again.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-33
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
SW1
CN3 CN2
Figure 11-517
11-34 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
1 1 1
SW2 SW3
LED5 SW4
LED6
LED4 2
IC6 CN4
SW1
CN3 CN2
Figure 11-518
Figure 11-519
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-35
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Figure 11-A601
11-36 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Table 11-A601
2.3)If group control is not used, shift SW5-4 LED1 LED2 LED3
SW2
(DIP switch) to OFF.
Photocoupler
SW3
To install the Interface Board-B1, Com- LED4 LED5 LED6
munication Control Board-A1, or Inter-
SRAM
EPROM
J5 IPC
6 1 6 1 SW4
SW1 ON SW5 ON
SW1 SW5
6 1 6 1
Figure 11-A602
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-37
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Photocoupler
SW3
LED4 LED5 LED6
SRAM
EPROM
JA1 JA1
JC8 JB2
JA2
JC5 JC6
JC9 JA2
CPU
J5 IPC
6 1 6 1 SW4
SW1 ON SW5 ON
JB2 JB1
Figure 11-A603
JB2 JB1
Figure 11-A604
JA2
Figure 11-A605
11-38 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
[2] [1]
Figure 11-B601
J4
Figure 11-B602
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-39
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
[9]
[8]
Figure 11-B603
[10]
Figure 11-B604
11-40 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
[11]
Figure 11-B605
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-41
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
[1]
Groove of the board
Figure 11-C601
LED1
LED1 LED2 LED3
SW2
Photocoupler
SW3
LED4 LED5 LED6
SRAM
EPROM
JA1
JC8 JB2
JA2
JC5 JC6 JB1
CPU JC9
J5 IPC
6 1 6 1 SW4
SW1 ON SW5 ON
Figure 11-C602
11-42 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Photocoupler
LED3 flashes during copying operation. SW3
SRAM
EPROM
JA1
JC8 JB2
JA2
JC5 JC6 JB1
CPU JC9
J5 IPC
6 1 6 1 SW4
SW1 ON SW5 ON
Figure 11-C603
Photocoupler
SW3
check to make sure that LED1 of the con- LED4 LED5 LED6
troller turns on and LED2 turns off.
SRAM
EPROM
Make a copy, and check to make sure that JA1
SW1 ON SW5 ON
Figure 11-C604
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-43
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Photocoupler
SW3
If group control is planned, set the input LED4 LED5 LED6
SRAM
EPROM
suit the needs of the user. JC8 JB2
JA1
Shift SW5-3 of the DIP switch of the con- JC5 JC6 JB1
JA2
SW1 ON SW5 ON
6 1
SW5-3
Figure 11-C605
Figure 11-C606
11-44 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Photocoupler
SW3
LED4 LED5 LED6
SRAM
EPROM
JA1
JC8 JB2
JA2
JC5 JC6 JB1
CPU JC9
J5 IPC
6 1 6 1 SW4
SW1 ON SW5 ON
Figure 11-C607
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-45
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution:
1. If SW5-4 of the DIP switch on the
controller is set to OFF, group control
is disabled, and the following is indi-
cated:
Figure 11-C608
2. If the copier's memory is used for ID
input (using the copier on its own), the
exiting ID Nos. may be used for the
controller. Perform the following:
JA1
LED5 JB2
JA2
JB1
6 1 6 1 SW4
SW1 ON SW5 ON
Figure 11-C609
bit Position
SW1
1, 2, 3 OFF
Table 11-C603
11-46 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution:
When the control mode has been
changed, the unit price, upper limit,
counter reading, and ID Nos. are initial-
ized, requiring input of the appropriate
settings once again.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-47
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
EX 2:
v
1. Press the v / key to indicate
SIZE 3=B4
2. Find the size of LGL form the conver-
sion code tables (Table 11-C604), and
press '1' and '3'.
3. SIZE 3=13 is indicated.
4. Press the ENT key.
5. SIZE 3=LGL is indicated.
Caution:
1. For SIZE 1 through 4, the same paper size code cannot be used more than once.
2. The counter readings will not be cleared by changing the size.
11-48 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Table 11-C604
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-49
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Figure 11-C610
Photocoupler
Interface Board-A1, or Communications SW3
Control Board-A1 (accessories), see its LED4 LED5 LED6
JA2
JC5 JC6 JB1
CPU JC9
J5 IPC
6 1 6 1 SW4
SW1 ON SW5 ON
6 1
SW5-3
Figure 11-C611
11-50 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Figure 11-C612
[6]
[5]
[7]
Figure 11-C613
J4
Figure 11-C614
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-51
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Copy Data
Controller-A1
Figure 11-C615
11-52 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Necessary Parts
Heater assembly
1pc. FG2-9812-000 (for 220/
240V model use)
Heater cable guide
1pc. FG2-9195-000 Screw
Screw 2pc. XA9-0628-000
Screw 1pc. XB6-7400-609
Harness unit
Heater unit Screws
Figure 11-701
Heater cable
Screw guide
Figure 11-702
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-53
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Screw
Screw Screw
Figure 11-703
Stopper
Screwdriver
Figure 11-704
11-54 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Inside cassette
Remove.
Figure 11-705
Heater
Slide inside.
Figure 11-706
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-55
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Caution 1:
Check to make sure that the hook at the
rear of the heater unit is in the groove.
Heater unit
Hook on the groove.
Figure 11-707
Caution 2:
Check to make sure that the connector at
the tip of the heater cable guide is in the
groove of the copier rear plate and, in
addition, that the heater cable guide is
securely in the groove. Fit in the
groove.
Harness unit
Figure 11-708
11-56 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 11 INSTALLATION
Heater unit
Screws
Figure 11-709
Connect.
Figure 11-710
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 11-57
CHAPTER 12
MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
This chapter discusses those of the copier's parts that require inspection and
maintenance.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
As of December 1998
No. Parts name Parts No. Q’ty Life (copies) Remarks
1 Primary, pre-transfer, separation
FY3-0030-000 AR 250,000
charging wire
2 Primary grid wire FY1-0883-000 AR 500,000
3 Thermistor FY7-7463-000 1 500,000
4 No. 2 thermistor FH7-7464-000 1 500,000
5 Thermal switch FH7-6281-000 1 1,000,000
Note: The above values are estimates only, and are subject to change based on future data.
Table 12-101
[1] Transfer/separation
charging assembly [1] Primary charging assembly
[1] Pre-transfer
charging assembly
[3] Thermistor
Figure 12-101
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 12-1
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
II . DURABLES TABLE
Table 12-201 shows the parts that may require replacement because of deterioration or damage
at least once over the period of machine warranty. Replace them when they have failed.
A. Copier
As of December 1998
No. Parts name Parts No. Q’ty Life (copies) Remarks
1 Scanning lamp FH7-3347 1 200hr
2 Developing cylinder FB4-1819 1 1,000,000
3 Developing assembly roll FS5-6579 2 1,000,000
4 Cleaner separation claw FB4-8018 3 250,000
5 Cleaning blade FB4-1596 1 1,000,000 Use both edges;
one for 500,000
copies. Apply
toner after
replacement.
6 Primary charging assembly FG6-2015 1 1,000,000
7 Transfer/separation charging FG6-2045 1 1,000,000
assembly
8 Pre-transfer charging assembly FG6-2016 1 1,000,000
9 Primary charging wire cleaner 1 FF2-3552 2 250,000
10 Primary charging wire cleaner 2 FF2-3551 2 250,000
11 Transfer charging wire cleaner 1 FF5-6883 1 500,000
12 Transfer charging wire cleaner 2 FF5-6884 1 500,000
13 Separation charging wire FF5-7891 1 250,000
cleaner
14 Pre-transfer charging wire FF5-3090 1 500,000
cleaner
15 Pre-transfer charging assembly FF5-7934 1 500,000
scraper
16 Upper fixing roller FB2-7200 1 500,000
17 Lower fixing roller FB4-2220 1 500,000
18 Fixing cleaning belt FB4-7491 1 500,000
19 Insulating bush (front, rear) FB2-7239 2 500,000 Simultaneously
with upper
fixing roller.
20 Delivery upper separation claw FC1-0391 6 500,000
Table 12-201-1
12-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
Table 12-201-2
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 12-3
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
[3] [2]
[5] [24]
[26]
[27]
[1] [25]
[3]
[23]
[23]
[24]
[24] [4]
[22] [23]
[24]
[22]
[23]
[22] [24]
[22]
Figure 12-201a
[12] [9]
[11] [10]
[13] [10]
[9]
[7]
[14]
[6]
[15]
[8]
[18]
[16]
[19]
[20]
[19]
[20] [17]
[21]
[28]
[29]
[30]
Figure 12-201b
12-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
Table 12-202
[1]
[2]
[3]
Figure 12-202
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 12-5
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
As of November 1998
No. Work Checks Remarks
1 Report to the person in charge. Check the general conditions.
2 Record the counter reading. Check the faulty copies.
3 Make test copies. Check the following: Standards (single-sided
a. image density copying)
b. background for soiling Leading edge: 4.0+1.5,
c. characters for clarity -1.0mm
d. leading edge margin Left/right: 2.5 ±1.5mm
e. fixing, registration, and Trailing edge:
back for dirt 2.5±1.5mm
4 Clean the charging assemblies: Dry wipe with lint-free
• charging wire (primary, pre-transfer, paper; then, clean with
transfer/separation) alcohol.
• grid wire (primary charging
assembly)
• shielding plate
• roll electrode
Check to make sure that the charging wire is at the center of the cleaner at the end of the
following work; otherwise, image faults may occur:
a. Cleaning the charging wire.
b. Replacing the charging wire.
c. Moving the charging cleaner by hand.
d. Replacing the charging wire cleaner.
Table 12-301-1
12-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
Table 12-301-2
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 12-7
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
A. Copier
: Clean : Replace : Oil : Adjust : Inspect
Intervals
Unit Part Instal- every every every every Remarks
lation 250,000 500,000 750,000 1,000,000
Externals/ Copyboard glass
controls Ozone filter Remove the dust from
(FM2, FM8) the surface of the filter.
See Figure 12-401.
Dust-proofing filter Remove the dust from
(FM1, FM3, FM4; the surface of the filter.
FM10, FM14) See Figure 12-401.
Scanner Scanner cable Check/adjust for the
first 250,000 copies.
Scanner rail Apply silicone oil
(FY9-6011).
Optical path No. 1 through
No. 3 mirrors
Dust-proofing glass
Reflecting plate
Standard white plate
Charging Charging wire
assembly (primary, pre-
transfer,
transfer/separation)
Grid wire (primary)
Charging assembly
shield plate (each
assembly)
Roller electrode
Table 12-401-1
12-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
Table 12-401-2
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 12-9
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
Dust-proofing filter
for FM1
Dust-proofing filter
for FM14
Dust-proofing filter
for FM3
Figure 12-401
12-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
B. Work Steps
Perform the following for the parts associ-
ated with the drum:
1. Work 1
a. Cleaning the toner pan
1) Slide out the fixing feeding unit from the
copier.
2) Unlock the slide rails, and slide the fixing/
feeding unit farther out.
Figure 12-402
3) Remove the screw [3], and remove the
toner pan (rear, front); then, remove the Cleaning assembly
toner from the toner pan.
[3]
Toner pan
Figure 12-403
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 12-11
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
Cleaning assembly
[3]
Toner pan
Figure 12-404
2. Work 2 [3]
a. Cleaning the photosensitive drum. CK-0429 [2]
b. Removing the toner from the magnet
roller assembly.
c. Reversing/replacing the cleaning
blade.
Caution:
Do not rotate the magnet roll drive as-
sembly during work. Otherwise, waste
toner may fall through the cleaner as-
sembly.
12-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
5 to 10cm
Figure 12-406
Caution:
• Keep the widths of cleaning to 5 to 10
cm in the peripheral direction of the
drum.
• Move the lint-free paper back and forth
15 to 20 times over a single area.
Forcing the lint-free paper will not af-
fect the life of the drum.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 12-13
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
[6]
[5] [4]
Figure 12-407
[7]
[8]
Figure 12-408
Caution:
When butting the cleaning blade, be sure
to apply force to eliminate any gap.
12-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 12 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
Caution 1:
While the blade is held in place with the
plate, tighten the screws temporarily.
Caution 2:
When mounting the cleaning blade, be Blade auxiliary plate
sure to put the blade auxiliary plate be- Blade back plate
tween the blade support plate and the Blade support plate
blade back plate.
Figure 12-410
Caution 3:
After mounting the cleaning blade, ro-
tate the drum; if toner slips through the
blade, repeat the foregoing steps. If the
fault is not corrected, replace the blade.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 12-15
CHAPTER 13
TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Power supply 3 Is the rated voltage present at the NO Inform the user that the
power outlet? problem is not of the copier.
4 Is the rated voltage present between YES Go to step 6.
J1-1 and J1-2? (J1 is near the power
cord mount.)
n If you want to find out possible causes (faulty part), see the column under "Cause."
In the case of the above table, the power plug may be disconnected, the covers may not be
closed firmly, the main power may be absent, and so forth.
n If you want to find out the checks or action to take, make checks according to the steps under
"Checks" and perform the work under "Action."
Answer the question under each check to make Yes or No, and take the appropriate action.
Otherwise, go to the next step, and make the check under it.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-1
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Is the power
NO Connect the
1 plug connected to the
power plug.
power outlet?
YES
YES
YES
n You may come across such instructions as "Measure the voltage between J109-1 (+) and J109-
2 (-) on the DC controller PCB" when you are asked to check voltage using a meter.
The instructions mean that you are to connect the + or - probe of the meter to its respective
terminal; for example, for J109-1 (+) and J109-2 (-), connect the positive probe to J109-1 and
the negative probe to J109-2.
13-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
A . Image Adjustment Basic Procedure
<Making Pre-Checks> <Making Image Initial Checks> <Checking the Density Slope> <Checking Solid Black>
Set OPTION>BODY>CNT-W/HM
in service mode between 2 and 7.
· A higher setting increases the
density.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-3
1 Checking the Printer Side (2/2)
NO
Is the copy foggy? Is the
density
NO
appreciably low (lighter)
compared to the density of No. End.
3 (halftone) of the Test
YES Chart?
Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>VDM
in service mode.
YES
YES
Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>VL1M
in service mode.
13-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
2 Checking the Scanner Side
<Making Initial Checks> <Checking the Density Slope> <Checking Solid Black Density> <Checking for Fogging>
Is
Does the Is there a the density Is gray Execute
NO difference in density NO of gray scale No. 1 NO scale No. 10 YES
copy have vertical COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ
lines? between front and (solid black) too low (blank) foggy?
rear? (light)? in service mode.
If too light,
COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ Turn off and on the
in service mode. power switch, and
make one copy. Decrease the setting of
COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>
DENS-ADJ in sevice mode.
Increase the setting in
Is there a Execute
NO COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>
difference in density COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ
between front and DENS-ADJ in service mode.
in service mode.
rear?
YES
Is the
Check the printer side. density of gray NO
scale No. 1 (solid black)
too low (light)? Make one copy.
YES
NO
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-5
B . Points to Note for Scheduled Servicing
Caution:
• Check to make sure that the block (front, rear) is free of melting, thermal deformation, cracking,
or yellowing because of leakage. If noted, replace it with a new part.
• Check and clean as far as the inside of the block (front, rear).
• Do not use a cloth soiled with metal powder for cleaning.
• Do not use a moist cloth. Instead, dry wipe with lint-free paper, and then use alcohol;
thereafter, make sure that alcohol has completely evaporated before mounting to the copier.
• Try to finish scheduled servicing and scheduled replacement within a specific period of time.
13-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Make 10 prints from each of the following sources of paper to see if the image margin and the
non-image width are as indicated:
• Cassette (each)
• Front deck (left, right)
• Manual feed tray
• Duplexing feeding unit
• Side paper deck
The image margin and the non-image width must be as follows on prints made in Direct:
2.5±1.5mm
+1.5mm 0
4.0 —1.0mm
2
8
10
2.5mm±1.5
0
2
+1.5mm 6
4.0 —1.0mm
8
10
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-7
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[1]
Figure 13-A205
2) Loosen the two fixing screws [3] on the
left and right of the cassette; then, make [3]
adjustments using the adjusting screw [4]. [4]
3) After adjustment, be sure to execute [3]
COPIER>FUNCTION>CST>C3-
STMTR/A4R or C4-STMTR/A4R in
service mode.
Figure 13-A206
13-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[2]
[2] [1]
Figure 13-A207
Figure 13-A208
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-9
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[1]
[1]
Figure 13-A209
Edge of paper
2.5mm±2.0
0
2
8
10
Figure 13-A210
13-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Scale graduations
Latch plate Screws
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-11
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Figure 13-A212
Image edge
Decrease the setting of Increase the setting of
ADJ-Y. (A decrease of 12 ADJ-Y. (An increase of
decreases the non-image 12 increases the image
width by 1 mm.) width by 1 mm.)
2.5mm±2.0
0
2
8
10
Figure 13-A213
13-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Figure 13-A214
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-13
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
B. Scanner System
1 Replacing the Scanner Drive Cable
See Chapter 3> V.B. "Scanner Drive System."
13-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
The copier remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outlet even
after the main power switch is turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.
Caution:
The potential sensor and the potential control PCB are adjusted as a pair. Be sure to replace
both of them if either of them must be replaced.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-15
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
4) Fit the potential sensor tester electrode (FY9-3041) to the potential sensor.
Potential sensor
tester electrode
Potential sensor
Figure 13-C201
Caution:
When fitting the tester electrode to the potential sensor, take care so that the magnet of the
electrode will not come into contact with the potential sensor cover.
5) Connect the cable of the potential sensor tester electrode to the support metal plate (GND) of
the potential measurement PCB.
Caution:
Be sure not to bring the clip into contact with the sensor cover by keeping it sufficiently away
from the window of the sensor.
Cable
Figure 13-C202
13-16 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
6) Insert the door switch actuator into the door switch assembly.
7) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch and the control
panel power switch.
8) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC>OFST in service mode.
9) Record the setting of OFST on the service label.
10) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main power
switch.
11) Disconnect the power plug from the power outlet.
12) Detach the potential sensor tester electrode.
13) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch and the control
panel power switch.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-17
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
D. Pickup/Feeding System
1 Orienting the Deck/Cassette Pickup Roller
Mount the deck/cassette pickup roller by reversing the steps used to remove it with the follow-
ing in mind:
• The front and rear pickup rollers are not interchangeable.
• The front pickup roller is identified by its gold collar. When mounting the pickup roller [1] to
the pickup assembly, be sure that the round marking [2] and the round marking [3] on the collar
(gold) are toward the copier's front.
[2]
[3]
Direction
of rotation
Figure 13-D201a
• The rear pickup roller is identified by its silver collar. When mounting the rear pickup roller [4]
to the pickup assembly, be sure that the round marking [5] on the side of the roller is toward the
copier's front while the round marking [6] on the collar (silver) is toward the copier's rear.
Direction
of rotation [6]
[5]
Figure 13-D201b
13-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Figure 13-D202
[3]
[5]
[4]
[2] (front of the copier)
[1]
Figure 13-D203
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-19
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
• The rear pickup roller is identified by its gold collar. When mounting the pickup roller [4] to
the pickup assembly, be sure that the round marking [5] on the side of the roller and the round
marking [6] on the collar (gold) are toward the rear of the copier.
[5]
(direction of rotation)
[6]
13-20 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[5]
[3]
[4]
[2] (front of the copier)
[1]
Figure 13-D205
[5]
[3]
Figure 13-D206
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-21
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[1]
[2]
A
[3]
B
[4]
Figure 13-D207
13-22 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
B
A
Figure 13-D208
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-23
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
SL 1 SL 2
1.8mm Guide (if the fixing cleaning belt is new) (if the fixing cleaning belt
has been in use)
8.6mm
Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid A
(SL 1) (SL 2) (SL 2)
SL6
Push fully.
SL4
0.4±0.2mm
10.5±0.5mm
SL 9 / 10 SL 8 SL 7
50±0.5mm
36±0.5mm
34.5±0.5mm
Figure 13-D209
13-24 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Guide
1.8mm
Figure 13-D210
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-25
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Solenoid (SL2)
[1] 8.6mm
Figure 13-D211a
Solenoid (SL2)
[1] A
Figure 13-D211b
13-26 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Pushed fully.
[1]
Figure 13-D212
[1] Solenoid(SL 4)
Locking lever
Figure 13-D213
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-27
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Figure 13-D214a
0.4±0.2mm
0.4±0.2mm
[1] [2]
Figure 13-D214b
13-28 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[2] [1]
[1]
[2]
A
34.5±0.5mm
Viewed from A
Figure 13-D215
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-29
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[2]
[1]
[2]
A
50±0.5mm
Viewed from A
Figure 13-D216
13-30 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[2] [1]
[1]
[2]
A
36±0.5mm
Viewed from A
Figure 13-D217
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-31
,
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
9.9 Position of the Side Paper Deck Pickup Roller Releasing Solenoid
Before removing the deck pickup roller releasing solenoid [1] from the support plate, keep note
of the positions of the two fixing screws [2] of the solenoid with reference to the scale graduations
on the support plate; or, mark the position of the solenoid (of itself) on the support plate with a
scriber.
If you are mounting the solenoid on its own, be sure to secure it in place in its initial position.
[2] [1]
Figure 13-D218
10 Routing the Manual Feed Tray Assembly Side Guide Timing Belt
Butt the rack plate of the manual feed tray against section A (open condition).
Move the slide volume into the direction of B, and attach the timing belt to the pulley.
Timing belt
Slide volume
Figure 13-D219
13-32 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Main motor
Pickup motor
Figure 13-D220
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-33
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
E. Fixing System
1 Points to Note When Mounting the Fixing Heater
1. Do not touch the surface of the heater.
2. Mount the fixing heater so that its terminal with the longer wire is toward the front. (This
applies to both heaters.)
3. Mount the main heater (760 W for the 15A model; 850 W for the 20 A model) on the right side
of the fixing assembly (viewing from the front) and the sub heater (400 W for the 15A model;
360 W for the 20A model) to the left side.
4. Connect the fastons of the heater harness at the rear. (Connect the right side to the main heater,
and the top side to the sub heater when viewing from the rear.)
13-34 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
1.5±0.2mm
1.5±0.2mm
Fixing
screw
Fixing
screw
Figure 13-E201
Caution:
You would have to adjust the position of the inlet guide if you removed the inlet guide mount.
Do not loosen the fixing screw on the inlet guide to avoid adjustment. If the fixing screw has
been loosened for some reason, be sure to tighten it back in reference to the scale graduations
on the fixing assembly mount.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-35
3
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
Feeding
direction
b
l a-c l
A3 copy paper
Figure 13-E202
Dimensions
a
b
c
Center of
paper
Measurements*
7.3±0.5mm
0.5 mm or less
*Taken when the upper and lower rollers have sufficiently been heated.
Table 13-E201
13-36 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
The machine remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outlet
even after the main power switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-37
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Figure 13-F201
Figure 13-F202
13-38 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
6) Orient the light-receiving face of the laser power checker as shown, and insert it.
Light-receiving face
Figure 13-F203
7) Insert the lead wire of the laser power checker into the digital multimeter.
Digital multimeter 7
5
3
7
0
4 DIG
MU ITA
LTI L
ME
TE
R
YOKO
GAWA
-
4
2
mV
0
2
PO RE 4 +
WER L/%
DATA MIN/
-H MAX
RA AV
NG G
E
SELE
/~/Hz CT
uA mA
10A
/ CU
/AD mV
P/K
C
+
0(/ Hz/rpm V
N
OPE
~V
Hz
TERM
SHUT IN
TERAL
10 TRUE20kH
A RM z
mA· 0.1
% S
uA V
CO
FU
SE
M
D
FU
SE
D 1000
MA V
X
Figure 13-F204
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-39
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
8) Connect the power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch and the control
panel power soft switch.
9) Select COPIER>FUNCTION>LASER in service mode.
10) Select POWER-A, and press the OK key.
11) Check to see if the reading of the digital multimeter is between 6 and 8 mV so that the power of
the laser A is at a correct level.
12) Select POWER-B, and press the OK key.
13) Check to see if the reading of the digital multimeter is between 6 and 8 mV so that the power of
the laser B is at a correct level.
13-40 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
G. Electrical Parts
1 After Replacing the CCD Unit
1) Check to make sure that the data lamp on the control panel is off, and turn off the main power
switch.
2) Disconnect the power plug.
Caution:
The copier remains powered as long as it is connected to the power outlet even after the main
power switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-41
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
The machine remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outlet
even after the main power switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.
Figure 13-G201
7) After mounting, connect the power plug, and turn on the main power switch and the control
panel power switch.
8) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANER>IP in service mode.
9) Turn off and then on the main power switch, and turn on the control panel power switch.
10) Enter the settings of the user mode/service mode that have been recorded.
11) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ in service mode.
12) Record the new values when all items of COPIER>ADJUST>CCD and the data of
COPIER>ADJUST>LAMP>L-DATA have been updated.
13) Enter the values from step 6) in service mode (COPIER>ADJUST>LASER>IP-DELAY).
13-42 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
The machine remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outlet
even after the main power switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-43
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
The machine remains powered as long as the power plug is connected to the power outlet
even after the main switch has been turned off. Be sure to disconnect the power plug from the
power outlet.
13-44 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Steps
1) Select COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT in service mode; then, enter '0', and press the
OK key.
2) Press the Reset key twice.
Caution:
In non-auto control mode, all settings for corona current control, light intensity control, and
developing bias control will automatically be set to the standard settings stored in the ROM.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-45
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
c. Zero-Level Check
A "zero level check" may be used as a means to find out the condition of the surface potential
control circuit.
Reference:
A zero-level check is to find out whether a microprocessor is reading 0 V when the surface
potential of the drum is 0 V.
A zero-level check enables a check on the microprocessor on the DC controller PCB and the
measuring unit, and it may be either of the following two ways; method 1 enables a check on the
level shift circuit on the DC controller PCB, while method 2 enables a check on the potential
measurement circuit:
1. Method 1
1) Turn off the power switch.
2) Short J522-1 and -2 on the DC controller PCB with a jumper wire, and disconnect the connec-
tor J3 of the potential control PCB.
Connector (J3)
J522
Figure 13-G202
13-46 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
3) Fit the door switch actuator into the door switch assembly, and turn on the power switch.
4) Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>DPOT-K in service mode, and check to make sure that
the reading during initial rotation is between 0 and 30.
If the reading is not between 0 and 30, the DC controller PCB may be faulty.
5) Turn off the power switch, and detach the door switch actuator.
6) Remove the door switch actuator.
6) Detach the jumper wire from the DC controller PCB.
7) Connect the connector to J3 on the potential control circuit.
8) Turn on the power switch.
2. Method 2
1) Turn off the power switch.
2) Remove the developing assembly, and slide out the process unit.
3) Disconnect the connector of the potential sensor.
Connector
Figure 13-G203
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-47
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
4) Remove the two screws, and replace the potential sensor support plate.
Screws
Figure 13-G204
Figure 13-G205
13-48 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
7) Attach the potential sensor tester electrode (FY9-3041) to the potential sensor.
Caution:
When attaching the tester electrode to the potential sensor, take care so that the magnet on the
meter electrode will not come into contact with the potential sensor cover.
Potential sensor
Figure 13-G206
8) Connect the cable of the potential sensor tester electrode to the support metal plate (GND) of
the potential measurement PCB.
Caution:
Be sure never to bring the clip into contact with the cover of the sensor. Keep it sufficiently
away from the window of the sensor.
Cable
Figure 13-G207
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-49
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
9) Fit the door switch auto control into the door switch assembly.
10) Turn on the power switch.
Caution:
Do not touch the potential sensor after turning on the power switch.
11) Select COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>DPOT-K in service mode, and check that the reading dur-
ing initial rotation is between 0 and 30.
Reference:
1. If the result in method 1 is as indicated, and the result in method 2 is not as indicated,
suspect dirt on the sensor or a fault in the potential measurement unit.
2. If the results in method 1 and method 2 are as indicated,
assume that the signal path from the potential sensor unit to the microprocessor on the DC
controller PCB is normal and the operation in general is also normal.
13-50 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
7 Checking the Potential System
START
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-51
<Checking the Developing Bias Output> <Checking the Transfer Output>
A
Turn on the potential control mechanism:
Is the toner image on
COPIER>OPTION>BODY>PO-CNT '1' the photosensitive NO
Replace the photosensitive drum.
drum before transfer
normal?
Is the difference
between the actual NO
measurement of Is the difference between NO
Replace the DC controller PCB. the actual measurement of
DEV-DC-CNT and Replace the DC controller PCB.
BIAS in service TR-CNT and TR in service
mode ±10%? mode ±10%?
YES YES
NO
Is the voltage about NO [1] Check the transfer charging assembly for leakage.
5 V when the scanner Replace the DC controller PCB.
is moving forward? [2] Change the setting of the following in service
mode: COPIER>OPTION>BODY>FUZZY.
[3] Try replacing copy paper.
YES
13-52 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-53
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-54 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-55
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-56 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
The environment sensor tool (FY9-3014) is adjusted at the factory to high accuracy. To main-
tain its performance, be sure to store it in an airtight case with a drying agent.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-57
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
a. Using a Meter
1) Set the meter range to 30 VDC.
2) Connect the - probe of the meter to GND of the DC controller PCB.
3) Connect the + probe of the meter to the terminals indicated (DC controller PCB).
4) Make checks as indicated.
Caution:
Take care. Turning on/off a sensor can start a motor or the like.
13-58 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector No.
Sensor Checks 1/0 Voltage
I/O address
PS1 While in standby, move The light-blocking plate
Scanner home J507-A1 the scanner by hand. is at PS1. 1 5V
position sensor The light-blocking plate
PC is not at PS1. 0 0V
PS3 While in standby, move When the light-blocking
Image leading edge J507-A4 the scanner by hand. plate is at PS3. 1 5V
sensor When the light-blocking
PC plate is not at PS3. 0 0V
PS4 While in standby, move The cover is closed.
Copyboard cover J507-B9 the copyboard cover by 1 5V
open/closed sensor hand. The cover is opened.
PC 0 0V
PS5 While in standby, put Paper is not over PS5.
Registration paper J509-A2 paper over PS5. 1 5V
sensor Paper is over PS5.
PC 0 0V
PS6 While in standby, put Paper is not over PS6.
Fixing claw jam J508-B15 paper over PS6. 0 0V
sensor Paper is over PS6.
PC 1 5V
PS7 While in standby, put Paper is not over PS7.
Fixing cleaning belt J508-B2 paper over PS7. 0 0V
sensor Paper is over PS7.
PC 1 5V
PS8 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
Fixing cleaning belt J508-B5 paper over the detecting 1 5V
warning sensor lever of PS8. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS9 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
Internal delivery J508-A2 paper over the detecting 1 5V
sensor lever of PS9. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS10 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
External delivery J508-A8 paper over the detecting 1 5V
sensor lever of PS10. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS11 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
Fixing/feeding unit J508-A11 paper over the detecting
1 5V
outlet sensor lever of PS11. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS12 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
Duplexing reversal J519-B6 paper over the detecting 0 0V
sensor lever of PS12. Paper is removed.
PC 1 5V
PS13 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
U-turn sensor J519-B7 paper over the detecting
1 5V
lever of PS13. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-59
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector No.
Sensor Checks 1/0 Voltage
I/O address
PS14 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
Pre-confluence sensor J519-B8 paper over the detecting 1 5V
lever of PS14. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS15 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
Post-confluence J519-B9 paper over the detecting 1 5V
sensor lever of PS15. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS16 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
Reversal sensor J508-A5 paper over the detecting 1 5V
lever of PS16. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS17 While in standby, move Paper is inserted.
Manual feed tray J510-B8 the rear partition plate 1 5V
paper sensor by hand. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS18 While in standby, move The light-blocking plate
Horizontal registration J519-B1 the side guide by hand. is not at PS18. 1 5V
sensor The light-blocking plate
PC is at PS18. 0 0V
PS19 While in standby, put Paper is inserted.
Waste toner full J514-A2 paper over the detecting 1 5V
sensor lever of PS19. Paper is removed.
PC 0 0V
PS20 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Front deck (right) J511-B2 the detecting lever by is at PS20. 1 5V
pickup sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS20. 0 0V
PS21 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Front deck (right) J511-A6 the detecting lever by is at PS21. 1 5V
lifter sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS21. 0 0V
PS22 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Front deck (right) J511-A9 the detecting lever by is at PS22. 1 5V
paper sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS22. 0 0V
PS23 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
J511-B5 the detecting lever by 1 5V
Front deck (right) is at PS23.
open/closed sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC 0 0V
is not at PS23.
PS24 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
J511-B8 the detecting lever by is at PS24. 1 0V
Front deck (right)
limit sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS24. 0 5V
PS25 J518-A8 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate 1 0V
Front deck (left) the detecting lever by is at PS25.
pickup sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC 0 5V
is not at PS25.
PS26 J519-B10 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate 1 0V
Front deck (right) the detecting lever by is at PS26.
feeding sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS26. 0 5V
PS27 J511-B11 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate 1 0V
Front deck (right) the detecting lever by is at PS27.
feeding sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC 0 5V
is not at PS27.
13-60 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector No.
Sensor Checks 1/0 Voltage
I/O address
PS28 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Fixing/feeding unit J509-B9 the detecting lever by is at PS28. 1 5V
releasing lever sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS28. 0 0V
PS31 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Front deck (left) lifter J518-A2 the detecting lever by is at PS31. 1 5V
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS31. 0 0V
PS32 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Front deck (left) paper J518-A5 the detecting lever by is at PS32. 1 5V
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS32. 0 0V
PS33 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Front deck (left) J518-B2 the detecting lever by is at PS33. 1 5V
open/closed sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS33. 0 0V
PS34 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Front deck (left) limit J518-A5 the detecting lever by is at PS34. 1 5V
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS34. 0 0V
PS35 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Multifeeder detecting J510-B2 the detecting lever by is at PS35. 1 5V
inlet sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS35. 0 0V
PS37 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate —
Cassette 3 pickup J515-B2 the detecting lever by is at PS37. 5V
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
—— — 0V
is not at PS37.
PS38 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Cassette 3 lifter sensor J515-A6 the detecting lever by is at PS38. 1 5V
hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS38. 0 0V
PS39 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
J515-A9 — 5V
Cassette 3 paper the detecting lever by is at PS39.
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
—— — 0V
is not at PS39.
PS40 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Cassette 3 open/closed J515-B5 the detecting lever by is at PS40. 1 5V
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS40. 0 0V
PS41 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Vertical path 3 sensor J515-B8 the detecting lever by is at PS41. 1 5V
hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS41. 0 0V
PS42 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Cassette 4 pickup J517-B2 the detecting lever by is at PS42. 1 5V
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS42. 0 0V
PS43 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Cassette 4 lifter sensor J518-A6 the detecting lever by is at PS43. 1 5V
hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS43. 0 0V
PS44 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Cassette 4 paper J517-A9 the detecting lever by is at PS44. 1 5V
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS44. 0 0V
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-61
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Connector No.
Sensor Checks 1/0 Voltage
I/O address
PS45 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Cassette 4 open/closed J517-A9 the detecting lever by is at PS45. 1 5V
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS45. 0 0V
PS46 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Vertical path 4 sensor J517-B8 the detecting lever by is at PS46. 1 5V
hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS46. 0 0V
PS47 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Pre-registration paper J502-B5 the detecting lever by 1 5V
is at PS47.
sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS47.
0 0V
PS48 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Lower right cover J516-A2 the detecting lever by is at PS48.
1 5V
open/closed sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS48.
0 0V
PS49 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Vertical path 2 sensor J516-B9 the detecting lever by is at PS49.
1 5V
hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at 49.
0 0V
PS51 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
Deck (right) paper J513-B9 the detecting lever by is at PS51.
1 5V
level middle sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC is not at PS51.
0 0V
PS52 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
J513-B12 the detecting lever by is at PS52.
— 5V
Deck (right) paper
level upper sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
—— is not at PS52.
— 0V
PS54 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
J514-B9 the detecting lever by
1 5V
Deck (left) paper level is at PS54.
middle sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC 0 0V
is not at PS54.
PS55 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
J514-B12 the detecting lever by
— 5V
Deck (left) paper level is at PS55.
upper sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
—— — 0V
is not at PS55.
PS56 J502-A2 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate 1 5V
Multifeeder cover the detecting lever by is at PS56.
open/closed sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC 0 0V
is not at PS56.
PS58 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate
J502-B2 1 5V
Left center cover the detecting lever by is at PS58.
open/closed sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC 0 0V
is not at PS58.
PS59 J512-B2 While in standby, move The light-detecting plate 1 5V
Toner cartridge cover the detecting lever by is at PS59.
open/closed sensor hand. The light-detecting plate
PC 0 0V
is not at PS59.
13-62 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Reference:
Red-colored sheets or slips tend to produce copies with poor contrast.
Reference:
Diazo copies used as originals or originals with a high transparency tend to produce copies
which may be mistaken as being "foggy."
Originals prepared in pencil tend to produce copies which may be mistaken as being "too
light."
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-63
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
6. Checking Papers
a. Is the paper of a type recommended by Canon?
b. Is the paper moist? Try paper fresh out of package.
8. Others
During the winter months, bringing in a copier from a cold to warm place can cause condensa-
tion inside it, leading to various problems.
Reference:
a. Condensation on the scanner (glass, mirror, lens) tends to produce darker images.
b. Condensation on the charging system tends to produce leakage.
c. Condensation on the pickup or feeding guide plate tends to produce feeding faults.
If condensation is noted, dry wipe the part or leave the copier alone for 60 min.
Caution:
If the copies have uneven density (between front and rear), is too light, or is foggy, make
adjustments according to the Image Adjustment Basic Procedure before using the trouble-
shooting tables.
13-64 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-65
B. Samples of Image Faults
13-66 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-67
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
assembly securely? Are the rolls of the developing assembly pressure plate
(position) assembly in firm contact with the to see if it mounted
photosensitive drum? correctly.
13-68 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-69
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-70 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-71
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-72 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-73
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-74 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-75
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-76 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-77
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-78 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-79
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-80 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-81
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
IV . TROUBLESHOOTING MALFUNCTIONS
A. Troubleshooting Malfunctions
Caution:
When removing or mounting each sensor, be sure to pay attention to the orientation and
position of the spring used to force the detecting lever.
1 E000
13-82 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
2 E001
3 E002
4 E003
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-83
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
5 E004
6 E005
7 E010
13-84 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
8 E012
9 E013
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-85
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
10 E014
11 E015
12 E019
13-86 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13 E020
14 E025
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-87
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
15 E030
16 E031
17 E032
13-88 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
18 E043
19 E051
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-89
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
20 E060
21 E063
13-90 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
22 E065
23 E066
24 E067
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-91
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
25 E068
26 E069
27 E100
13-92 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
28 E102
29 E110
30 E111
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-93
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
31 E121
32 E202
33 E204
13-94 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
34 E211
35 E215
36 E218
37 E219
38 E220
39 E222
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-95
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
40 E226
41 E240
42 E241
43 E243
13-96 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
44 E251
45 E302
46 E320
47 E601
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-97
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
48 E602
49 E677
50 E710
51 E711
52 E712
53 E713
54 E717
55 E800
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-99
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
56 E804
57 E805
58 E820
13-100 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
59 E823
60 E824
61 E830
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-101
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
62 AC power is absent.
13-102 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-103
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-104 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Sensor 9 Check which sensor has detected the jam NO Check the wiring and
in COPIER>I/O>IP in service mode. Is the lever; if normal,
the sensor normal? replace the sensor.
Pickup assembly YES Remove the pickup
assembly, and check
the spring.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-105
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-106 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-107
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-108 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-109
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Relay PCB 5 Measure the voltage of J801 on the NO Check the AC line up
scanner motor driver PCB. Is it as to the relay PCB; if
indicated? normal, replace the
J801-1: 38 V relay PCB.
J801-3: 12 V
J801-5: -12 V
J801-6: 5 V
DC controller 6 Measure the voltage of J506-A12 on the NO Check the wiring; if
PCB DC controller PCB. Does it change from normal, replace the DC
0 to 5 V when the control panel power controller PCB.
switch is turned on?
Scanner motor 7 Replace the scanner motor driver PCB. Is YES End.
driver PCB the problem corrected?
Scanner motor NO Replace the scanner
(M5) motor (M5).
13-110 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-111
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-112 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-113
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-114 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-115
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-116 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-117
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
[3] [4]
[2] [1]
[5] [6]
Figure 13-501
13-118 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
1 Pickup Assembly
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-119
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
2 Separation/Feeding Assembly
13-120 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
3 Fixing/Delivery Assembly
Paper guide 3 Is the paper guide soiled with toner? YES Clean the guide with
solvent.
4 Is the height of the paper guide normal? NO Adjust the height.
Nip 5 Is the lower roller pressure (nip) as NO Adjust the pressure.
indicated?
Cleaning belt 6 Is the cleaning belt taken up normally? NO Check the fixing
cleaner unit.
Sensor lever 7 Does each sensor lever move smoothly? NO Adjust the lever.
Delivery assembly
Delivery 8 Are the external delivery sensor (PS10) NO Replace the sensor.
sensor and the claw jam sensor (PS6) normal?
Delivery paper 9 Is the delivery paper deflecting plate NO Correct the orientation
deflecting oriented in the direction of delivery? of the delivery paper
plate deflecting plate.
Delivery roller 10 Does the delivery roller move NO Check the drive
drive smoothly? assembly of the
assembly delivery roller.
Leading edge YES Check the leading
margin edge of copy paper for
a margin.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-121
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
5 Cleaner Unit
13-122 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
B. Faulty Feeding
1 Double Feeding
2 Wrinkles
appropriate?
Lower 6 Is the lower roller pressure (nip) as NO Adjust the pressure.
roller indicated?
pressure YES Try replacing the upper
Upper/ and lower rollers one
lower after the other.
roller
pressure
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-123
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
CL1
CL4
CL7
CL18 CL5
CL6
CL2
CL8
CL10 CL3
Figure 13-601
13-124 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Clutches
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-125
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
B. Solenoids
SL6
SL4
SL3
SL7
SL11 SL9
SL10
Figure 13-602
13-126 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Solenoids
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-127
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
C. Motors
M5
M6
M18
M0
M4
M1
M8 M7
M2
M13 M15
M9
M14 M3
M11
M16
M12
M17
Figure 13-603
13-128 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Motors
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-129
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
D. Fans
FM8
FM9
FM1
FM14
FM3
FM6
FM11
FM12
Figure 13-604
13-130 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Fans
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-131
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
E. Sensors 1
PS59
PS5 PS35
PS16
PS9 PS47
PS10 PS7
PS8 PS49
PS28
PS41
PS6 PS11
PS38
PS37
PS52
PS51 PS39
PS19 PS40
PS55 PS46
PS54 PS42
PS43
PS44
PS45
PS4
PS57
PS3
PS17
PS1
PS56
PS15
PS14 PS20
PS27
PS26
PS13
PS24 PS58
PS12
PS21 PS18
PS25 PS22
PS34 PS23
PS31 PS48
PS32
PS33
Figure 13-605
13-132 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Sensors 1
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-133
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
F. Sensors 2
SIZE4
SIZE3
DP1 SVR1
TS2
TS1
TS3
SIZE2
SIZE1
SVR2
SV1
SVR3
SV2
Figure 13-606
13-134 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Sensors 2
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-135
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
G. Switches
SW1
MSW8
MSW1
MSW4
MSW6
SW2
MSW7
SW3
Figure 13-607
13-136 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Switches
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-137
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
FL1
LED1
H3
H5
TH2
TH1
TP1
H1
H2
CNT2
CNT1
HD1 CNT3
SSR1
RL2
RL1 H4
ELCB1
LF1
Figure 13-608
13-138 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-139
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I. PCBs
27 9
7 1
32
16
8
26
31
3 28 19
33
29 30 13
2
18
20
17
23 22
24
15
25
14
10
11
4
12
Figure 13-609
13-140 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
PCBs
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-141
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
PS104
PS102
PS107 SW100
PS101
PS109 PS103
PS106
SW101
PS108
SW102
PS105
13-142 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-143
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
SL101
CL101
CL102
M101 [2]
[1]
SL102
M102
13-144 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-145
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
1. Some LEDs emit dim light even when they are off. This is a normal condition, and must be
kept in mind.
2. VRs that may be used in the field.
:
VRs that must not be used in the field
:
Caution:
The VRs and check pins not found in the tables are for factory use only. They require special
tools and high accuracy and, therefore, must not be touched in the fieled when making adjust-
ments and checks.
13-146 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
1. MFC PCB
J1410
J1409
ON
J1408
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SW1
BAT1
J1406
J1402
J1403
J1401
J1405
Figure 13-612
The functions of the DIP switch (SW1) are as follows; use it to change the country (site) of
installation:
Setting Configuration
ON
AB
12345678
ON
A
12345678
ON
INCH
12345678
ON
AB/INCH
12345678
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-147
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
J1113
J1101 J1102 J1103
J1110
J1106
J1107
LED4 LED2
LED3 LED1
J1111
BAT1
J1109
J1105
J1114
J1112
J1108
Figure 13-613
13-148 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
3. DC Controller PCB
J511
J526
J510
J501
J502
J520
J503
J525
VR1 J524
J522
J523 J521
J504
Figure 13-614
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-149
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
J703
J712 J711
J1705
J702
Q931
R261
J1704
FU101
J701
Figure 13-615
5. Relay PCB
J1706
J1722
J1702 J1703
J1704 J1705 J1701
Figure 13-616
13-150 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
J1010 J1011
J1012
J1009 J1006
J1013 J1005
J1004
J1008 J1001
J1003
J1002
Figure 13-617
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-151
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
7. HV-DC PCB
3 1 21 2 1
Settings
SW101
2
J731
1
3
J734
1
1 4 1 5 1 16
Figure 13-618
The slide switch (SW101) is for factory use only, and is not used for servicing work in the field.
(Keep it as it is set at the factory.)
13-152 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13 1 6 1 2 1 3 1
J103 J105 J106 J101 7
1
J102
J104
1
8
12
1
J108
1
J107 3
J109
10 1
Figure 13-619
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-153
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Figure 13-701
13-154 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Small cover
Screw
Push.
DIMM
Push.
Figure 13-702
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-155
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Push.
Push. DIMM
Figure 13-703
13-156 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
B. Downloading
1. Before the Work
• Prepare a PC to which the copier service support tool (downloading tool) has been installed.
• Prepare a bi-Centronics cable (with the "IEEE 1284Std-compliant" notation).
2. Downloading
a. Making Connections
• Check to make sure that the data lamp is off.
1) Turn off the copier’s main power switch, and disconnect the power plug; if the printer board is
installed, disconnect the cable.
2) Open the front door, and open the connector cover for downloading.
COPY LOAD
Figure 13-704
3) Slide the switch shown in Figure 13-705 to LOAD position, and disconnect the two connec-
tors.
LOAD
Bi-Centronics connector
Figure 13-705
4) Connect the copier and the PCB with the bi-Centronics cable.
• Keep the PC OFF.
• Be sure that the 25-pin end of the bi-Centronics cable is to the PCB and the 36-pin end is to the
copier.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-157
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
5) Turn on the PCB, and start the copier service support tool.
6) Connect the copier’s power plug to the power outlet, and turn on the main power switch.
b. Downloading
1) When the copier service support tool has started, select 'To Main Menu' on the screen.
2) Select 'Next' under 'Download/Upload'.
Figure 13-706
13-158 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
c. After Downloading
1) Turn off the copier’s main power switch, and disconnect the power plug.
2) Disconnect the bi-Centronics cable from the PC and the copier.
3) Slide the downloading switch to "COPY" side.
COPY
Figure 13-707
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-159
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
User screen
( )(2,8)( )
Reset key
Initial screen
Reset key
Select an item.
Level 1/Level 2
screen From Level 1/
Level 2 screen
13-160 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPIER
FEEDER
DISPLAY Control display mode
SORTER
I/O I/O display mode
BOARD
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-161
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Table 13-A801
If you have replaced the above PCBs or initialized the RAMs, the corresponding values will be
affected. If you have made adjustments or changed service mode values in the field, be sure to
record the new values on the service label.
Item A Factory Field1 Field2 Field3 Item A Factory Field1 Field2 Field3
FEEDER
TRNSG-SW SIZE-SW
FIX-TEMP
CPMKP-SW OPTION BLNK-SW
SORTER
IDL-MODE
FUZZY
SCANSLCT
CNT-W/HM
PR-SEL
COPIER>OPTION
USER COPY-LIM
CNT-W/PR
SLEEP
FIX-TMP1
WEB-DSP
TRSW-P-B
DATE-DISP
SP-MODE
COPIER>OPTION
FTMP-DWN MB-CCV
DRUM-CLN PM-DENS
DRM-IDLE
F-GD-CNT CST U1-NAME
USER SIZE-DET U2-NAME
PR-D-SEL U3-NAME
P-SZ-C2 CST-U1
C1-DWSW CST-U2
C2-DWSW CST-U3
DK-DWSW CST-U4
C3-DWSW
C4-DWSW
ACC DK-P
13-162 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Basic Operation
a. Initial Screen
COPIER
Initial item
FEEDER
Touch an item to
select.
SORTER
BOARD
Figure 13-A805
ACC-STS
ANALOG
Level 2 items
CST-STS
Touch an item to
select. JAM
ERR
HV-STS
Figure 13-A806
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-163
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
+/- OK
To previous page
To next page
Figure 13-A807
+/- OK
13-164 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
VERSION
USER DPOT
ANALOG
CST-STS SENSOR
JAM MISC
ERR ALARM1
HV-STS
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-165
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
HV-STS PRIMARY Indicates the current level (µA) of the primary charging assembly.
PRI-GRID Indicates the grid voltage (V) of the primary charging assembly.
PRI-TR Indicates the current level (µA) of the pre-transfer charging assembly.
TR Indicates the current level (µA) of the transfer charging assembly.
SP Indicates the current level of the separation charging assembly (µA).
BIAS Indicates the voltage of the developing DC bias (V).
DPOT DPOT-K Indicates the surface potential (V) of the photosensitive drum.
VL1M Indicates the drum light area potential measurement (V).
VDM Indicates the drum dark area potential measurement (V).
SENSOR DOC-SZ Indicates the size of an original detected by the original size sensor.
DOC-SZ1 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 1.
DOC-SZ2 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 2.
DOC-SZ3 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 3.
DOC-SZ4 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 4.
MISC FL-LIFE Indicates the activation duty ratio (%) of the scanning lamp.
13-166 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-167
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<VERSION> COPIER>DISPLAY
Indicates the versions of the ROMs on the copier and accessory PCBs.
Level 3 Description Remarks
DC-CON Indicates the version of the ROM on the DC controller PCB. Indication <xx, yy>
IP Indicates the version of the ROM on the image processor PCB.
FEEDER Indicates the version of the ROM on the feeder controller Version
PCB. number
SORTER Indicates the version of the ROM on the sorter controller PCB. R&D control
number
PS/PCL Indicates the version of the ROM on the PS/PCL controller
PCB.
LIPS Indicates the version of the ROM on the LIPS controller PCB.
MFC Indicates the version of the ROM on the MFC PCB.
PCL Indicates the version of the ROM on the PCL controller PCB.
PS/KANJI Indicates the version of the ROM on the PS/Kanji controller
PCB.
SDL- Indicates the version of the ROM on the saddle stitcher
STCH controller PCB.
<USER>
Indicates the items related to the User screen and the user.
Level 3 Description Remarks
LAN- Indicates the language used and the Indication <LANGUGE JP. oo. aa>
GUAGE paper size configuration used.
Paper configu-
Language used ration code
Destination aa
00 AB
00:CANON 01 Inch
01:OEM 02 A
03 All sizes
13-168 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<ANALOG> COPIER>DISPLAY
Indicates the readings of analog sensors.
<CST-STS>
Indicates the use of the cassette and the manual feed tray.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-169
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<JAM> COPIER>DISPLAY
Indicates jam data.
+/- OK
Figure 13-B802 Jam Screen
Description Remarks
AAA Indicates the order of jams (the higher the number, the older 1 to 200 (200 as highest)
the jam).
BBBB Indicates the date of a jam. Month and day (in 2 digits
each)
CCCC Indicates the time of a jam. In 24-hr notation
DDDD Indicates jam recovery time. In 24-hr notation
E Indicates the location of a jam. 0: copier
1: feeder
2: finisher
FFff Indicates jam codes. FF: jam type (Table 13-
B801)
ff: sensor that detected
the jam.
• For the copier, see
Table 13-B803.
• For the feeder or the
finisher, see its
respective Service
G Indicates the source of paper. See Table 13-B802.
HHHHHH Indicates the soft counter for the source of paper.
IIIII Indicates the paper size in question.
13-170 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPIER>DISPLAY
FF: Type of Jam ff: Copier Jam Sensors
Code Type Code Jam sensor
01xx Delay jam xx01 Front deck (right) pickup
02xx Stationary jam sensor (PS20)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-171
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<ERR> COPIER>DISPLAY
Indicates error codes.
+/- OK
Figure 13-B803
Description Remarks
AAA Indicates the order of errors (the higher the number, the older 1 to 64 (64 as highest)
the error).
BBBB Indicates the date of an error. Month, day (2 digits each)
CCCC Indicates the time of an error. In 24-hr notation
DDDD Indicates the time of error recovery. In 24-hr notation
EEEE Indicates error codes. See chapter 13>IX the
descriptions under "Self
Diagnosis."
FFff Indicates detail codes. If none, '0000'.
G Indicates the location of a jam. 0: copier.
1: feeder.
2: finisher.
13-172 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<ALRAM1> COPIER>DISPLAY
Indicates alarm codes.
+/- OK
Figure 13-B804
DF Feeder Alarms
• For details of each code, see the
Feeder Service Manual.
SORTER Finisher Alarms 00 00 00 00
• For details of each code, see the
Tray alarm
Finisher Service Manual.
Stack alarm
Stapler alarm (saddle stitcher)
Stapler alarm (finisher)
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-173
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<HV-STS> COPIER>DISPLAY
Indicates the voltage/current levels of the high-voltage system.
Level 3 Description Remarks
PRIMARY Indicates the level of current (µA) applied to the primary Standard: 1000 (approx.)
charging wire.
PRI- Indicates the grid level of voltage (V) applied to the primary Reference: 550 to 850
GRID grid wire.
PRI-TR Indicates the level of current (µA) applied to the pre-transfer
charging wire.
TR Indicates the level of current (µA) applied to the transfer Reference: 300 to 500
charging wire.
SP Indicates the level of current (µA) applied to the separation Reference: 350 to 450
charging wire.
BIAS Indicates the level of voltage of the DC bias (V) applied to Reference: 280 (approx.)
the developing cylinder.
<DPOT>
Indicates the measurement of the surface potential of the photosensitive drum.
Level 3 Description Remarks
DPOT-K Indicates the surface potential (V) of the photosensitive
drum.
VL1M Indicates the light area surface potential (V) of the Reference: 62 to 82
photosensitive drum.
VDM Indicates the dark area surface potential (V) of the Reference: 432 to 452
photosensitive drum.
<SENSOR>
Indicates the output of the original size sensor.
Level 3 Description Remarks
DOC-SZ Indicates the size of an original detected by the original size Default sizes
sensor.
DOC-SZ1 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 1. 1: original present.
DOC-SZ2 Indicates the output of the original size sensor 2. 0: original absent.
13-174 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<MISC> COPIER>DISPLAY
Indicates other data.
<FEEDER> FEEDER>DISPLAY
Indicates data related to the feeder.
Level 3 Description Remarks
FEEDSIZE Indicates the size of an original detected by the feeder.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-175
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
FEEDER
MF-CON
Input/output port for the finisher controller PCB
13-176 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
1. DC-CON I/O>DC-CON
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-177
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>DC-CON
13-178 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>DC-CON
I/O>IP
Address bit Description Signal Connector Remarks
P009 bit0 Not used
bit1 Right deck paper level data 1 RDK-PRM1 J513-B9 1: paper present
bit2 Right deck paper level data 2 RDK-PRM2 J513-B12 1: paper present
bit3 Right deck lifter limit RDK-LFT- J511-B8 1: upper limit
LMT
bit4 Not used
bit5 Left deck paper level data 1 LDK-PRM1 J514-B9 1: paper present
bit6 Left deck paper level data 2 LDK-PRM2 J514-B12 1: paper present
bit7 Left deck lifter limit RDK-LFT- J518-B5 1: upper limit
LMT
2. IP
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-179
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
13-180 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-181
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
13-182 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-183
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
13-184 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-185
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
13-186 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-187
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>IP
13-188 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
3. FEEDER I/O>FEEDER
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-189
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>FEEDER
bit2 Belt motor reference clock REF-CLK J7-1 alternately '0' and
'1' *
bit3 Belt motor CW/CCW CW/CCW J7-4 0: delivery
direction
bit4 Separation motor PWM SPPWM CPU alternately '0' and
'1' *
bit5 Reversal motor layer B TANB CPU alternately '0' and
'1' *
bit6 Delivery motor PWM EJPWM CPU alternately '0' and
'1' *
bit7 Reversal motor layer A TANA CPU alternately '0' and
'1' *
*Checks not possible because of data processing speed.
13-190 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>FEEDER
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-191
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>FEEDER
13-192 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
4. SORTER I/O>SORTER
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-193
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
13-194 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-195
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
bit4 Rear jogging plate motor (M5) RJOGMA/ J104-A10/- alternately '0' and
A RJOGMA* A8 '1'
bit5 Rear jogging plate motor (M5) RJOGMB/ J104-A9/- alternately '0' and
B RJOGMB* A7 '1'
bit6 Rear jogging plate motor (M5) ----- CPU 1: stop
hold
bit7 Not used
*Checks not possible because of data processing speed.
13-196 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-197
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
13-198 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-199
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
13-200 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-201
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
13-202 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
I/O>SORTER
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-203
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
LAMP BLANK
AE V-CONT
ADJ-XY
CCD FEED-ADJ
LASER HV-PRI CST-ADJ
HV-TR
13-204 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
AE AE-TBL 1 to 9 Use it to adjust the text density for AE mode with priority
on speed.
ADJ-XY ADJ-X 0 to 2970 Use it to adjust the image leading edge position.
ADJ-Y 360 to 1360 Use it to adjust the CCD image read start position
(main scanning direction).
ADJ-S 0 to 4 Use it to adjust the scanner home position.
CCD GAIN-E 80 to 160 Use it to adjust the CCD even-number photocell gain.
GAIN-O 80 to 160 Use it to adjust the CCD odd-number photocell gain.
OFST-E 1 to 254 Use it to adjust the CCD even-number photocell offset.
OFST-O 1 to 254 Use it to adjust the CCD odd-number photocell offset.
SH-TRGT 1 to 511 Use it to set the white level target value for shading
correction.
LASER PVE-OFST -300 to 300 Use it to adjust the offset from the center of the laser.
LA-DELAY 450 to 550 Use it to enter the laser delay value for the laser unit.
LA-PWR-A 48 to 432 Use it to set the laser A power adjustment value.
LA-PWR-B 48 to 432 Use it to set the laser B power adjustment value.
IP-DELAY 5 to 25 Use it to set the laser delay value for the IP PCB.
DEVELOP DE-DC 0 to 500 Use it to set the developing DC output adjustment value
for image exposure.
DE-NO-DC 0 to 500 Use it to set the developing DC output adjustment value
for image exposure.
DE-OFST -50 to 50 Use it to adjust the offset for the image bias DC component.
BLANK BLANK-T 0 to 2362 Use it to set the leading edge non-image width.
BLANK-B 0 to 2362 Use it to set the trailing edge non-image width.
HV-PRI GRID 400 to 900 Use it to set the primary charging assembly grid bias
output adjustment value.
HV-TR TR-N1 -650 to -150 Use it to set the transfer charging output adjustment value
(1st side).
TR-N2 -650 to -150 Use it to set the transfer charging output adjustment value
(2nd side).
PRE-TR 0 to 300 Use it to set the output adjustment value for the
pre-transfer charging assembly.
HV-SP SP-N1 0 to 500 Use it to set the separation charging output adjustment
value (1st side).
SP-N2 0 to 500 Use it to set the separation charging output adjustment
value (2nd side).
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-205
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
CST-ADJ C3-STMTR Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the cassette 3
(STMTR).
C3-A4R Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the cassette 3
(A4R).
C4-STMTR Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the cassette 4
(STMTR).
C4-A4R Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the cassette 4
(A4R).
MF-A4R Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the manual
feed cassette (A4R).
MF-A6R Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the manual
feed tray (A6R).
MF-A4 Use it to adjust the paper width sensor for the manual
feed tray (A4).
C3-LVOL Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 3
(50 sheets).
C3-HVOL Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 3
(275 sheets).
C4-LVOL Use it to se the stacking limit for the cassette 4
(50 sheets).
C4-HVOL Use it to set the stacking limit for the cassette 4
(275 sheets).
DOCST-M -50 to 50 Use it to adjust the original stop position (for manual feed).
LA-SPEED -54 to 54 Use it to adjust the original feeding speed for stream
reading mode.
STRD-S -25 to 25 Use it to adjust the original stop position for stream
reading mode (for small-size).
STRD-L -25 to 25 Use it to adjust the original stop position for stream
reading mode (for large-size).
13-206 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<LAMP> COPIER>ADJUST
Adjusting the Activation Voltage of the Scanning Lamp
<AE>
AE Adjustment
White
White
Original density
A higher setting makes the text darker
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-207
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<ADJ-XY> COPIER>ADJUST
Adjusting the Image Read Start Position
ADJ-Y Adjusting the CCD Read Start Position Range : 360 to 1360 (each
• Enter a value to adjust the read start position. '12' causes a shift of 1
mm)
Lower value
Original
13-208 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<CCD> COPIER>ADJUST
Adjusting CCD/Shading-Related items
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-209
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<LASER> COPIER>ADJUST
Adjusting the Laser Output
13-210 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<DEVELOP> COPIER>ADJUST
Adjusting the Developing Bias Output
<DENS>
Fine-Adjusting Copy Density Auto Correction
White
F9 F1
Copy density
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-211
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<BLANK> COPIER>ADJUST
Adjusting the Non-Image Width
<V-CONT>
Adjusting the Potential Control System
13-212 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<HV-PRI> COPIER>ADJUST
Adjusting the Output of the Primary Charging Assembly
<HV-TR>
Adjusting the Output of the Transfer Charging Assembly/Pre-Transfer Charging Assembly
<HV-SP>
Adjusting the Output of the Separation Charging Assembly
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-213
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<FEED-ADJ> COPIER>ADJUST
Adjusting the Feeding System
<CST-ADJ>
Adjusting the Cassette/Manual Feed Tray-Related Items
13-214 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<FEEDER> FEEDER>ADJUST
Original
Standard:
11 ±1 mm
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-215
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<FEEDER> FEEDER>ADJUST
Original
Standard:
11 ±1 mm
13-216 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Copyboard glass
RVM- Adjusting the speed of Reversal Motor Range : -30 to 30 (each '1'
SPD • For details, see the Feeder Service Manual. increases the speed by
0.1%)
• The data is retained by
the controller PBC of the
ADF on the feeder side.
<SORTER-Related Items>
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-217
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
INSTALL FIXING
CCD PANEL
LASER PART-CHK
CLEAR
MISC-R
DPC
CST HRD-DISK
13-218 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
DPC OFST Use it to adjust the offset for the potential sensor.
CST C3STMTR Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the
cassette 3 (STMTR).
C3-A4R Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the
cassette 3 (A4R).
C4-STMTR Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the
cassette 4 (STMTR).
C4-A4R Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the
cassette 4 (A4R).
MF-A4R Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the
manual feed tray (A4R).
MF-A6R Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the
manual feed tray (A6R).
MF-A4 Use it to execute auto registration of a paper width basic value for the
manual feed tray (A4).
FIXING NIP-CHK Use it to generate a nip width check image output for the fixing roller.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-219
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
The state of the machine is indicated in the upper right corner of the screen. Pay attention to the
indications while executing service mode; they include the following:
READY: The machine is ready for servicing/copying operation.
SERVICE: The machine is performing servicing operations. (This indication is used while
in inspection/operation mode of service mode.)
13-220 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<INSTALL> COPIER>FUNCTION
Operations for Installation
<CCD>
Executing Auto Adjustment for CCD/Shading-Related Items
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-221
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<LASER> COPIER>FUNCTION
Laser-Related Operations
<DPC>
Executing Automatic Adjustment of Photosensitive Drum Potential-Related Items
<CST>
Storing the Cassette/Manual Feed Tray Paper Width
13-222 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<FIXING> COPIER>FUNCTION
Executing Auto Adjustment for Fixing Assembly-Related Items
c Standard:
7.3±0.5 mm
Feeding
A3 paper
direction b
Middle of
Standard:
copy
|a-c| = 0.5 mm or less
paper
Caution:
a and c are points 10 mm from both ends of paper.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-223
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<PANEL> COPIER>FUNCTION
Activating the LEDs on the Control Panel
Screen
Screen display Screen display
indication
0 ~ 9 0~9 M
<PART-CHK> COPIER>FUNCTION
Checking the Operation of Loads
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-225
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Code Code
5 Vertical path 4 roll drive clutch (CL15) 5 Laser scanner motor (M4)
8 Front deck (left) pickup clutch (CL11) 8 Horizontal registration motor (M15)
9 Vertical path 2 roller drive clutch (CL9) 9 Duplexing reversal motor (M11)
Lower feeding middle roller drive clutch 11 Side paper deck main motor (M101)
11
(CL16)
18 Developing cylinder drive clutch (CL4) Manual feed tray pickup clutch solenoid
6
(SL6; pull)
19 Registration roller drive clutch (CL2)
7 Delivery flapper drive solenoid (SL3)
20 Side paper deck feeding clutch (CL101)
8 Reversing flapper drive solenoid (SL11)
21 Side paper deck pickup clutch (CL102)
Fixing inlet guide drive solenoid
9
(SL1; push)
13-226 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<CLEAR> COPIER>FUNCTION
Clearing RAM/Error Code Histories
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-227
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<MISC-R> COPIER>FUNCTION
Checking the Scanning System
<HRD-DISK>
Checking the Operation of the Hard Disk
13-228 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-229
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
BODY
USER
CST
ACC
13-230 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
CST U1-NAME Use it to turn on/off paper notation in terms of paper size group U1
U2-NAME Use it to turn on/off paper notation in terms of paper size group U2
U3-NAME Use it to turn on/off paper notation in terms of paper size group U3
U4-NAME Use it to turn on/off paper notation in terms of paper size group U4
CST-U1 Use it to select paper notation for paper size group U1.
CST-U2 Use it to select paper notation for paper size group U2.
CST-U3 Use it to select paper notation for paper size group U3.
CST-U4 Use it to select paper notation for paper size group U4.
P-SZ-C1 Use it to select a paper size for the front deck (right).
P-SZ-C2 Use it to select a paper size for the for deck (left).
C1-DWSW Use it to turn on/off the thick paper control sequence for the front deck
(right).
C2-DWSW Use it to turn on/off the thick paper control sequence for the front deck
(left).
DK-DWSW Use it to turn on/off the thick paper control sequence for the option deck.
C3-DWSW Use it to turn on/off the thick paper control sequence for the cassette 3.
C4-DWSW Use it to turn on/off the thick paper control sequence for the cassette 4.
ACC DK-P Use it to select the paper size for the side paper deck.
COIN Use it to turn on/off the coin vender notation.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-231
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
SIZE-SW
13-232 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<BODY> COPIER>OPTION
Selecting Copier-Related Machine Settings
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-233
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPIER>OPTION
13-234 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPIER>OPTION
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-235
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPIER>OPTION
13-236 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPIER>OPTION
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-237
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<USER> COPIER>OPTION
Selecting User-Mode Related Machine Settings
13-238 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<CST> COPIER>OPTION
Selecting Cassette-Related Settings
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-239
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPIER>OPTION
<ACC>
Selecting Accessory-Related Settings
13-240 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
<SORTER-Related items>
<BOARD-Relate Items>
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-241
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
G. PG Test Print
PG
Figure 13-G801
13-242 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
1. Grid (PG-TYPE 1)
Checking Straight Lines (right angles)
• displaced laser beam
Straight Lines
Feeding direction
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-243
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
4. Halftone (PG-TYPE 4)
nThis print consists of halftone created without passing the paper through the density correc-
tion block (image processing). The result depends entirely on the performance of the image
formation system.
5. 17-Gradation (PG-TYPE 5)
Gradation
• faulty laser system
Uneven Density
• Faulty primary charging assembly
• Faulty developing system
6. Blank (PG-TYPE 6)
Fogging
• faulty photosensitive drum
• faulty developing assembly
• faulty laser system
13-244 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
7. Halftone (PG-TYPE 7)
nThe print consists of halftone created by passing the paper through the density correction
block. The result is dependent on AE and other density correction mechanisms in addition to
the performance of the image formation system.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-245
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
H. Counter Mode
Figure 13-H801 shows the Level 2 items screen and the items for COUNTER mode.
TOTAL
TOTAL
SCANNER
PICK-UP
PICK-UP
FEEDE
FEEDER
MISC
JOB
Figure 13-H801
• In this mode, each number represents the number of times the machine has operated.
• To Clear the Counter Readings,
1) Select an item to highlight.
2) Press the Clear key on the control panel.
The counter will be cleared to return to '00000000'.
• The terms "large" and "small" as used in reference to sizes mean the following:
Large-size paper is paper whose length is 300 mm or more or paper of a non-default size.
(e.g., B4 or larger)
Small-size paper is paper whose length is less than 300 mm. (e.g., A4 or smaller)
13-246 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-247
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-248 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-249
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
IX . SELF DIAGNOSIS
The microprocessor on the copier’s DC controller PCB is equipped with a mechanism that
checks the state of the copier (especially its sensors). It runs a check as needed and, upon detection
of a fault, indicates a code on the control panel.
13-250 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-251
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-252 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-253
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-254 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-255
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-256 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Notes:
1. When the self diagnostic mechanism has turned on, you can reset the copier by turning on
its power switch once. This, however, is not true of E000, E001, E002, E003, E004, E005,
E013, or E020. (Otherwise, the user could reset the copier while a thermistor may have an
open circuit, causing the fixing roller to suffer thermal damage or toner inside the hopper
to overflow.)
If the error is E000 through E003, the power switch will turn off automatically in about 20
sec if you turn it on without resetting. In the case of E004, on the other hand, the power
switch will turn off in about 5 sec after E000 is indicated if you turn on the power switch
without resetting.
You will have to initialize the RAM on the DC controller PCB if E000, E001, E002, E003,
E004, E005, E013, or E020 is indicated.
Resetting the Copier
1) Execute COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR in service mode.
2) Press the Reset key twice to return to the Copy Mode screen.
3) Turn off and then on the main power switch.
2. For E202, and E204, you can check codes in service mode (COPIER>DISPLAY>
ERR).
In the case of E202 or E204, the control panel will show the following:
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
ID 0 C
Figure 13-901
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-257
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
Caution:
If the self-diagnosis mechanism has turned on, you can reset the copier by turning off the
power switch once.
You may continue to make copies when the ADF is out of order: disconnect the lattice con-
nector on the ADF side, open the ADF, and place an original on the copyboard glass.
13-258 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 13-259
CHAPTER 13 TROUBLESHOOTING
13-260 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
APPENDIX
A. GENERAL TIMING CHART ....... A-1 D. SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE ........ A-17
B. LIST OF SIGNALS/ E. SOLVENTS/OILS ..................... A-19
ABBREVIATIONS ...................... A-3
C. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
................................................... A-9
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
A . GENERAL TIMING CHART
Scanner home
position sensor (PS1)
Image leading edge sensor
(PS3)
Laser
Pre-exposure lamp
Primary charging
Grid bias
Transfer charging
Separation charging
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-1
A4, 4 Originals, Double-Sided Copy
Setting original in ADF
Copy Start key ON Copying on 2nd sheet back
Picking 1st sheet Picking up 2nd sheet Copying on 1st sheet face Copying on 2nd sheet face Copying on 1st sheet back
Scanner home
position sensor (PS1)
Image leading edge sensor
(PS3)
Laser
Pre-exposure lamp
Primary charging
Grid bias
Transfer charging
Separation charging
A-2 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
APPENDIX
B. LIST OF SIGNALS/ABBREVIATIONS
The following is a list of the signals and abbreviations used in this chapter and the circuit
diagrams.
Reference:
The abbreviations in parentheses are electrical signals, but are analog signals, which cannot
be expressed in terms of '1' or '0'. Others are digital signals, which may be expressed in terms
of '1' or '0'.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-3
APPENDIX
A-4 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
APPENDIX
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-5
APPENDIX
A-6 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
APPENDIX
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-7
APPENDIX
A-8 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
C. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
5
4 6 J25F J25M J8M J8F
OUTLET2 1 3 1 1 1 1
2
120/220-V model
3 3 3 3 Front cover
4 4
switch 1 2 3 4 J9
SW2
MT6 1 2
FT53 3 4
FT51 J29F
1 5 6
24VU
2
From relay PCB FT41 FT42
0V
FT1 FT3 FT5 FL6 FT7 FT8 FT13 FT14 FT15 FT16
LF1 J21F
1 3
FT52 From relay PCB 1
FT54 ( FROM J1723)
2
RL2
Power AC relay 2
ELCB COB3 COB1
plug FT4 AC POWER UNIT2 1 2 J10M
2 4 RL1 100V:J2601-1
1 2 J10F To DC From
FT17 FT18 FT19 FT20
AC relay 120V:J2601-1 controller relay PCB
FT2 FT9 FT10 FT11 FT12 J26F J26M J11M J11F 230V:J2601-3 (J206) (J1722)
FT43 6 8 FT46
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 J2605 J2604
2 4 1 2 3 4 5 J2601
FT44 FT47
0 1
FT45
24VU
FT48 Heater driver PCB
0V
J22F
From relay PCB 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 J2602
2
FT21 FT22 FT23 FT24 (J1723)
COB2
7 8 6
FT25 FT26 FT27 FT28
SSR1
J12F 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 J13F
From DC controller
1 2 J20M
1 2 3 4 J5M
3 2 1 1 2 3
1 2 J20F
J14F J16F
1 2 3 4 J5F 1 2 3 J18F
J14M 3 2 1 J16M 1 2 3
1 2 3 J18M
J28F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 J17F
J28M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 J6F 1 2 3 4 J17M
1 2 3 J19F
J24L 2 1 1 2 3 4 J6M
FT39 FT41
1 2 3 J19M
SHUT-OFF-SW
J15F MT5
24V
FT40 FT42
J15M
4 3 2 1
SOL2 SOL1
Power supply for
paper deck heater
Drum heater
H4
FT32 FT34 control PCB
J701 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 FT33 FT35 FT36
J7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Main heater
Thermal
Sub heater
T P
1 2 switch FT37
HEATER
DC power
3 4 Cassette heater
supply PCB FT38
TH
H2
H1
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-9
General Circuit Diagram (2/7) Image processor
Fluorescent Laser scanner
Light adjustment PCB Laser driver motor driver
lamp inverter Scanner motor
control PCB
GND(3.3V)
GND(3.3V)
CCD PCB driver PCB PCB 1 PCB MFC PCB
GND(5V)
PCB
3.3V-FA
Control panel
12V-FA
5V-FA
24VU
38VU
38VU
38VU
38VU
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
-12V
3.3V
3.3V
3.3V
N.C.
N.C.
15V
12V
12V
-8V
-8V
5V
0V
8V
5V
5V
5V
5V
8V
5V
J1307 1 2 J1501 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J851 1 2 3 4 J1001 1 2 J801 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1101 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1301 1 2 3 4 5 6 J761 1 2 3 J1451 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1452 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
DC controller PCB
24VU
GND
GND
GND
12V
5V
J32M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J501 1 2 3 4 5 6
J32F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N.C.
J31F 1 2 J38M 1 2 3 4 5 6 J39M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2
(to ADF)
J31M 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
J23F J38F J39F
J33M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 N.C.
J33F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J34M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J37M 1 2
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J37F
J34F
To DC controller
AWG22 1007
AWG22 1007
TO J505-B14
TO J505-B13
TO J505-B12
TO J505-B11
TO J505-B10
TO J505-B9
TO J505-B8
TO J505-B7
N.C.
J1711 1 2 3 J1712 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J1713 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J1714 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J1715 1 2 3 J1716 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J1719 J1718 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
GND(+8V)
GND(15V)
GND(24VU)
GND(24VU)
GND(38VU)
GND(38VU)
GND(38VU)
GND(24VU)
GND(5V)
GND(8V)
GND(5V)
GND(5V)
GND(5V)
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
A-REMOTE
GND(3.3V)
GND(12V)
GND(38VU)
GND(18V)
GND(12V)
GND(5V)
GND(5V)
GND(-8V)
GND(-8V)
GND(3.3V)
18V
12V-FA
5V-FA
GND(5V-FA)
GND(5V-FA)
24ERR
38ERR
15V
12V
8V
5V
5V
N.C.
3.3V
3.3V-FA
24VU
5V
5V
5V
8V
-8V
3.3V
24VU
24VU
38VU
38VU
38VU
12V
5V
-8V
3.3V
38VU
12V
5V
5V-FA
N.C.
-12V
Relay PCB
GND(24V38V)
DOOR OPEN
GND(38V-1L)
GND(38V-IL)
GND(38V-IL)
GND(38VIL)
GND(38VU)
GND(24VU)
GND(24VU)
GND(24VU)
GND(24VU)
GND(24VU)
GND(24VH)
GND(24VH)
GND(24VH)
GND(24VU)
GND(24VU)
GND(-8VU)
GND(3.3V)
GND(+8V)
GND(12V)
GND(15V)
24V_OCP
RMT_ON
GND(5V)
GND(5V)
GND(5V)
5V_OCP
24VRLY
24V_RL
38V-IL
38V-IL
38V-IL
38V-IL
38VU
24VU
24VU
24VU
24VU
24VU
38VU
24VH
24VH
24VH
24VU
24VU
GND
3.3V
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
+8V
12V
15V
-8V
5V
5V
5V
J1701 1 2 3 4 5 J1702 1 2 3 J1703 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1704 1 2 3 4 J1705 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1706 1 2 3 4 J1723 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 J1717 1 2 J1721 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 J1720 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1722 1 2 3 4
TO J180D-2
TO J180D-1 To fixing motor(M3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J41M
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J41F 1 2 3 4 5 6
To side J45M
1 GND(24V38V)
J40M
(J152) 3 38VU
J46F 1 2
4
1 2
J46M
J29M 1 2
To heater
driver PCB
J322D-1
J322D-2
J322D-3
J322D-4
J43F J43M J42M J42F
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 J322D 1 2 3 4 J2604 1 2 3
(to duplexing
GND(24VU)
J721 1 2 3 4 J601 1 2 J621 1 2 J611 1 2
24VU
assembly)
GND
GND
24VH
24VH
J48
Drum motor Pickup motor Main motor
(M0) (M2) (M1)
To finisher HV-DC PCB Heater driver PCB
J22M
1
To AC relay(RL1)
2
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
6
J47
A-10 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
General Circuit Diagram (3/7)
Original size
sensor 2
Laser scanner motor No. 1 Mirror
SIZE2
Original size M4 12 1 From relay PCB
11 2
M
sensor 1 10 3 J852 J851 Copyboard glass sensor
From relay PCB 3 3 FL-TH 9 4 FL-TH 6
J764 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 · 2 2 GND
38V
8 5 GND
38V
5 Light PS57
SIZE1 1 1 7 6 4
J166H J166F
6 7
GND
FL-S
3 intensity J159 1 2 3
Scanner motor
OUT-C
5
OUT-B
OUT-A
8 2
24V control PCB
GND
4 9 1
VCC
HC+
HA+
HB+
N.C.
J120L 3 2 1
HC-
38V
HA-
HB-
M5
MT16 J166H 3
0V
J120H MT14 10 1 2 3 4 5 J853
2 11
J120D 1 2 3 1
FL1 12 M
GLS-DT
J763 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 J761 J163 J162
Options counter MT15 MT13
5V
0V
3 2 1 J119L
D(GN)
C(OR)
E(BK)
Laser scanner driver PCB
A(BL)
J119H GND
B(R)
CNT2 1 1 1
CNT
1 2 3 J119D Light intensity 2
3
FL-S
24V
2
3
2
3 From relay PCB
J762 1 2 3 4
sensor PCB 4 J801
Printer Total copy Laser driver cooling fan 5
J164H J164F
From relay PCB
3 2 1 J804 5 4 3 2 1 J803
J165
counter counter FM5 J1003 1 2 3 4 5
CNT3 CNT1
J63 2 1
Control J1001 Scanner motor driver PCB
CNT CNT
Options panel Fixing Fluorescent lamp
J63 2 1 counter 6 5 4 3 2 1 J118L
power assembly inverter PCB J802 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
J118H
PCB 1 2 3 4 5 6
J118D switch J116L 4 3 2 1
fan 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J1002
J116H J113L
J65 1 2 3 4 5
SW4 J116D 1 2 3 4 FM2 J113H Power supply To finisher J152A
1 2 3 J113D cooling fan 1 J152C J152B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
FM11
FIN-RxD
FT51 FT50 FT49
FIN-TxD
6 5 4 3 2 1
<24VU>
J117L
Power supply N.C. N.C.
<0VU>
J117H J115 1 2 3
24VU
SSR1
1 2 3 4 5 6
J117D Control panel cooling fan 2
0V
0V
From
2
J48H
CPU PCB FM12 1 2 3 J156 J154 5 4 3 2 1
J158LA
relay
1
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J158LB 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5
J121L J1008 PCB
J48L
J158H
1
J121H
2 3 4
3 2 1 J114L
Relay PCB J157 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
J158DB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
J121D J158DA
J114H
OPT-CDWN2
OPT-CDWN1
OPT-CDWN0
1 2 3 J114D J1719 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPT-HOFF
PRH-PWM
5 4 3 2 1
OPT-CCW
J148L
HEAT-ON
FLCOMP
OPT-CW
FL-PWM
PRH-ON
FL-GAIN
J148H
OPT-D3
OPT-D2
OPT-D1
OPT-D0
No USE
FL-ERR
FL-CLK
J151L 5 4 3 2 1
FL-ON
FL-TH
1 2 3 4 5
J148D J151H
0V
0V
0V
0V
13 N.C.
J151D 1 2 3 4 5
6 5 4 3 2 1 J155L 6 5 4 3 2 1 J153L
J155H J153H
Heater driver
CC5-CONNECT
13
12
11
10
12
11
10
9
8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 J155D 1 2 3 4 5 6
J153D
PCB
A-REMOTE
FM12LCK
FM11LCK
CC5-CNT
FM12-ON
FM11-ON
CNT2-B1
CNT2-B0
SIZE-ON
SIZE-ON
FM2LCK
FM5LCK
FM2-ON
FM5-ON
1 2 3
FIN-Rx0
MHDTC
FIN-Tx0
SHDTC
MH-ON
CNT1D
CNT3D
CNT2D
M4LCK
5VRTN
M4-ON
24ERR
38ERR
SH-ON
M4F/H
5V-FA
5V-FA
SIZE2
SIZE1
24VU
24V
24V
24V
18V
24V
0V
5V
5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
15
14
13
12
11
10
15
14
13
12
11
10
14
13
12
11
10
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
9
8
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
B15 A15 B14 A14 B13 A13
J503
J502 DC controller PCB J505
J504
J506
A17 B17 A19 B19
10
11
12
13
14
N.C. 15
N.C. 16
N.C. 17
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
N.C. 19
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
FM10LCK
FM14LCK
FM10-ON
FM14-ON
POF-SIG
SIZE-ON
SIZE-ON
FM4LCK
FM3LCK
FM1LCK
POF-ON
FM4-ON
FM3-ON
FM1-ON
MSW4S
MSW7S
MSW3S
CL1-ON
PTR1N
PTR2N
PS56S
PS58S
PS47S
M8FW
M7FW
RCPN
RDPN
M8RV
M7RV
SIZE3
SIZE4
CLSN
PEXP
M18+
24VU
TS1S
TS2S
24VU
TS3S
M18-
N.C.
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
5V
5V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J124D 6 5 4 3 2 1 J135D
J124H J135H
J104D 2 1 J144D 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6
J124L J135L
J104H J144H 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J131D J138D 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J104L 1 2 J3 4 3 2 1 J144L 1 2 3 J131H J138H
J101D 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
J131L J138L
J101H
J101L 1 2 3
J106H
2 1 J106D Potential control 2
J111H
1 J111D
J105D 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1
3 2 1 4 3 2 1 J126D
J102 J105H J146D J126H
3 2 1 J134
1 2 6 J108D
1
J146H
2 3 4
Card reader 2 1
1 2 J126L FM3
PS56 J105L J146L J125D J143D
FM4 J108H (accessory) 1 2 3 J112 J125H J136D 3 2 1 3 2 1 J137D J139D 3 2 1 J140D 3 2 1 J141D 2 1 3 2 1 J142D 2 1
6
1
3
4
5
J128H
fan 1 2 3 J107
PS47
Front cover open/closed 1 2 3
J130H 3 2 1
sensor M8 PS58
Vertical path 1
J128L 1 2 J130L
J133 fan
Primary charging J109 1 2 3 4 5
detecting switch LED1
Upper paper sensor
wire cleaning motor MSW4 Potential sensor right cover Pre-exposure lamp FM1
FM10 SIZE3 SIZE4 TS1 TS2 CL TS3 M
Primary charging open/closed sensor Pre-transfer Primary charging
CL1 M18
wire cleaner charging M assembly fan Original Original Hopper Hopper Developing
HP detecting switch assembly fan size size inside inside toner assembly Hopper
M7
1 2 J127 sensor 3 sensor 4 toner sensor lower limit inside toner inside
Pre-transfer charging wire sensor toner
cleaning motor sensor Hopper
cleaning
MSW3 inside magnet
motor
Pre-transfer cleaner HP roller drive
detecting switch clutch
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-11
General Circuit Diagram (4/7)
Drum separation
Dust-collecting roller
Transfer guide
Transfer/separation charging wire cleaner
Pre-transfer
Fixing roller
Separation
home position detecting switch
Primary charging
assembly
assembly
Transfer/
charging
charging
MSW6
separation Registration clutch
claw
charging wire CL2 Multifeeder pickup Manual feed tray
assembly
cleaning motor Separation fan Feeding fan
FM13 FM7 CL Registration latch solenoid paper width volume MT58 FT191 MT72
Registration Fixing/ paper sensor SL6
SVR1
MT55 MT54
10K 10K
S9
S8
S7
braking feeding unit J200L 2 1 PS5 SL
J200H
clutch locking J203L 3 2 1 3 2 1 J202L 2 1 L200D 1 2 1 2 3 J199
Manual feed MT57 FT190 FT175
J272M 4 3 2 1
MT53MT52 MT51 MT50 MT47 MT46 MT71
De-curling fan J203H J202H J201
J272F 4 3 2 1
solenoid J203D 1 2 3 1 2 3 J202D tray paper
FM6 Fixing/feeding CL3 M9 SL4
sensor 10K 10K HV block
S P
unit releasing CL M SL PS17 FT166 FT165
MT56
FT189 2 1
J271F
lever sensor 1 2 3 J226 J271M 2 1
PS28
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J198L 3 2 1 3 2 1
J198H J227H
J227L
J225H
J225L HV-AC transformer
J209L 3 2 1 1 2 3 J207L 2 1 J206L 2 1 3 2 1 J205L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J198D 1 2 3 J227D 1 2 3 J225D
J209H J208 J207H J206H J205H FT188 FT186 FT185 FT182 FT181 FT174
J209D 1 2 3 J207D 1 2 J206D 1 2 1 2 3 J205D FT187 HV connector
4 3 2 1 terminal mount
J742
PS17S
SVR1
SL6R
J204H
SL6P
5 4 3 2 1 J741
24V
1 2 3 4
POST(DC)
5V
0V
5V
0V
J204D
FM13LCK
SEP(DC)
FM13-ON
HVAC-CTL
Manual feed sensor
HVAC-ON
FM6LCK
FM7LCK
FM6-ON
FM7-ON
CL3-ON
MSW6S
CL2-ON
PS28S
M9FW
24VP
M9RV
GND
GND
PS5S
SL4R
SL4P
PS35
From relay PCB
24V
24V
24V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
5V
0V
1 2 3 J223
5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 T701 T601 3 2 1
J721
J711 J734 J733 J732 J731
PS35S
13
12
11
10
13
12
11
10
9
8
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
HV-DC PCB 2
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
5V
0V
1
J723 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 J737
J197L 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
J224L J222L
J224H J222H
4 B13 A13
PFEED_GUIDE_ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 J224D 1 2 3 J222D
FEED_GUIDE_CNTR
TRANSFER_CNTR
TRANSFER_ERR
POST_DC_CNTR
SEP_AMP_CNTR
SEP_AMP_CNTL
PRIMARY_CNTR
POST/SEP_ERR
HVDC_REMOTE
DEV_DC_CNTR
10
11
12
13
10
11
12
13
PRIMARY_ERR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4 B13 A13
DEV_AC_ON
GRID_CNTR
FM13CLK
HVAC_ON
FM13-ON
J197D
FM6CLK
FM7LCK
FM6-ON
FM7-ON
CL3-ON
MSW6S
CL2-ON
PS28S
M9FW
M9RV
PS5S
SL4R
SL4P
N.C.
24V
24V
24V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
5V
0V
OV
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
1
13
12
11
10
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J510
DC controller PCB J508 J507
10 A20 B20 A10 B10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
3
0V 2
38V 1
M-TEMP
S-TEMP
CL2-ON
SL3-ON
SL2-ON
M3LCK
M3-ON
PS16S
PS10S
PS11S
SL11R
SL11P
10
10
PS9S
PS7S
PS8S
PS6S
24VU
24VU
24VU
24VU
A20 B20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
4
N.C.
J180L
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
5V
0V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
5V
FM9LCK
FM9-ON
DF-RxD
DF-TxD
PS1S
PS3S
PS4S
24VU
DP
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
5V
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
S-TEMP
S-TEMP
CL2-ON
SL3-ON
SL2-ON
M3LCK
M3-ON
PS16S
PS10S
PS11S
PS9S
PS7S
PS8S
PS6S
24VU
24VU
SL1R
24VU
24VU
SL1P
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
5V
0V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
5V
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J167DA J167DB 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J210D 3 2 1 J167H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
J210H J167LA J167LB
J192D 6 5 4 3 2 1
J210L 1 2 3
J652 6 5 4 3 2 1
J192H
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J187D 1 2 3 4 5 6
J192L
J187H
3 2 1
M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
J183 J187L
M3 J195D 2 1 2 1 J196D
PS16 2 1 J651 J195H J196H 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
J168D J175D J172D
Reversal J184 3 2 1 J195L 1 2 1 2 J196L J168H J175H J172H
Fixing J211D 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 J191D 3 2 1 J194 J168L 1 2 3 4 5 6 J175L 1 2 3
3 2 1 J174
sensor J211H J191H J172L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
M3-38V
motor
M3-0V
PS10 2 1 J190D 3 2 1
J211L 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 J191L J193D PS4
J185 3 2 1 J190H J193H PS6
External delivery 2 1 J186D
1 2 J190L Copyboard cover
J182 3 2 1 J186H J193L 1 2 3
Fixing claw 3 2 1 J170
sensor PS11 1 2 J186L 3 2 1
J23M open/closed sensor
BACK
J171 GND 2
jam sensor
24VU
PULL
SL SL
PS9 Fixing/feeding unit TH2 PS3
24V 1
From relay PCB
Internal delivery sensor outlet sensor Fixing sub thermistor SL
TH1 SL3 SL2 Image
J188 3 2 1
Delivery Fixing leading edge FM9
DF-RxD
Fixing main
DF-TxD
SL1
sensor Inverter
24VU
flapper cleaning
GND
GND
GND
PS7
thermistor
DP
3 2 1 J169
Fixing cleaning belt Fixing inlet solenoid belt solenoid cooling fan
CL 3 2 1 J189
length sensor guide solenoid PS1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J240B 4 3 2 1 POWER CORD MOUNT
CL2 PS8
Scanner home J240A J240C
Fixing cleaning belt position sensor To ADF
Registration clutch
length warning sensor
A-12 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
General Circuit Diagram (5/7) Pre-registration
brake clutch
CL6
24VU
level sensor 1 clutch CL
CL
SV1 M drive switch N.C.
pickup solenoid
M2-38V
open/closed
M2-0V
S13 S12 S11 S10 MSW2 MSW8
PS52 PS51 J255L 2 1 J254L 2 1 J253L 2 1 J252L 2 1 CL8
J255H J254H J253H J252H From relay
J247 2 1 1 0V sensor SL7
J260 1 2 3 1 2 3
J259
J255D 1 2 J254D 1 2 J253D 1 2 J252D 1 2
J247D 2 1 PCB 2 24VU PS23 Deck (right) CL 2 1 J230L
1 2 J601 Drum motor 3 38V SL J230H
3 2 1 J246
4 3 2 1 J257L M0
Developing 4 1 2 3 J236 paper sensor 1 2 L230D
J257H Cartridge clutch J45F
PS22 2 1
1 2 3 4 J257D M Drum fan J231L
detecting CL4 Deck (right) J233 J231H
J251L 2 1 FM8 Deck (right) Deck (right) pickup
1 2 3 J231D 1 2
Cassette J251H 1 2 3 4 5
J502 switch Toner cartridge CL
J251D 1 2 MSW1 feed sensor limit sensor sensor J234L J234H
2 1 Deck
3 paper width cover open/ PS27
24VU
PS24 (right)
CL
detecting closed sensor PS20 J234D 1 2
M2-38V
J242D 1 2 J241D 1 2 3
J254H
M2-0V
J239H
SVR2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 PS21
J254D 1 2 3 J244 J239D
J232
1 2 3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J250L
CL10-ON
1 2 J621 J250H
CL8-ON
SL7-ON
PS22S
PS21S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J250D
3 2 1 J256L
Pickup
24V
24V
24V
5V
0V
5V
0V
J256H
1 2 3
To main
J256D M motor 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 switch
J258L 6 5 4 3 2 1 J249L J243L
J258H M2 J249H J243H J24H J229LB 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J229LA
J249D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J243D J24D 1 2
J258D 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
J622 J229H
CL18-ON
FM8LCK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
MOFF-SW
FM8-ON
J229DB J229DA
CL5-ON
CL6-ON
CL7-ON
MSW2S
MSW1S
CL4-ON
M0LCK
M0-ON
PS52S
PS51S
PS59S
M2-FG
M2-0V
SV1-1
SV1-0
SVR2
PS27S
PS24S
PS23S
PS20S
M6+
24V
24V
24V
24V
24V
24V
M6-
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
5V
0V
0V
5V
0V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
13
12
11
10
13
12
11
10
12
11
10
12
11
10
14
13
12
11
10
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
9
8
9
8
7
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
B13 A13 B14 A14 B12 A12
10
11
10
11
12
10
11
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C
CL12-ON
CL13-ON
M16-ON
M17-ON
M13-ON
M14-ON
CL9-ON
SL9-ON
M1-ON
PS38S
PS39S
PS37S
PS40S
PS41S
PS48S
PS49S
PS19S
M1-FG
PS55S
SV1-0
SV1-1
SVR3
PS4S
24V
24V
24V
24V
N.C.
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
5V
0V
5V
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J290DA J290DB 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 L268D 6 5 4 3 2 1
N.C
N.C.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
J281LA J281LB
N.C
J263D 2 1 J267D 2 1
M M
J286 3 2 31 3 2 1
J265D
J294D 3 2 1 3 2 1 J342D 3 2 1 J303D
4 3 2 1 M13 J265H M14
PS37 J291D J294H J342 J303H J265L 1 2 3
J291H J294L 1 2 3 1 2 3 J342L 1 2 3 J303L Deck Deck (left)
Cassette 3 J291L 1 2 3 4
(right) lifter motor
pickup sensor
lifter
J287 3 2 1 2 1 J362D
J282D 2 1 J283D 2 1
J362H
motor
J282H J283H 1 2 J363D 3 2 1 3 2 1 J364D J264D 2 1 4 3 2 1 J266D J612 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 1 2 PS40 J362L
J282L J283L J363H J364H J264H J266H
Cassette 3 J293D 2 1
J363L 1 2 3 1 2 3 J364L 2 1 L301D J264L 1 2 1 2 3 4 J266L M J269 3 2 1 3 2 1 J270
J293H J301H
open/closed 2 1 J289D J293L 1 2 J301L 1 2
M1 PS54 PS55
3 2 1 J284 3 2 1 J285 J289H
sensor 1 2 J289L
3 2 1 J262
2 1 J611 Deck (left) Deck (left)
PS38 PS39 Main middle paper upper paper
M1-38V
3 2 1
J295 3 2 1 3 2 1 J296 J302 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 J304 PS19 CL SVR3
M1-0V
Cassette 3 Cassette 3 J288
3 2 1 J292 motor level sensor level sensor
Environment Waste toner S14 S15 S16 S17
Cassette 4 paper level
Cassette 3 paper level
CL CL M CL9 SV2
lifter sensor paper sensor PS41 PS49
PS48 sensor PCB case full sensor Vertical path Cassette 4 paper From relay PCB
CL12 CL13 Vertical path 3 Lower right cover M17
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-13
Lower feeding
middle clutch Horizontal Pre-confluence
General Circuit Diagram (6/7) Deck (left) Lower feeding registration sensor Duplexing Duplexing
feeding clutch right clutch motor PS14 reversal motor feeder motor
CL19 CL16 CL17 M15 Deck (left) 1 2 3 J327 M11 M12
Horizontal M M M
CL CL CL feed sensor
registration PS26
[OR]
[GN]
[BR]
[BR]
[OR]
[BR]
[BL]
[BL]
[BK]
sensor
[W]
[R]
[R]
[Y]
[Y]
[R]
[R]
[Y]
1 2 3
U-turn sensor Post-confluence PS18 J328
Duplexing PS13 sensor 1 2 3
J333L 2 1 J332L 2 1 J331L 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 J329L J325L 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 J324L
J335 J333H J332H J331H J329H J325H J324H
reversal PS15 J333T 1 2 J332T 1 2 J331T 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
J329T J325T 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
J324T
Cassette 4 1 2 3 J339
sensor 1 2 3
pickup solenoid Cassette 4 PS12
J337
SIDE_REGI_M_Vcc
SIDE_REGI_M_Vcc
J340H J338H J336H J330H
Cassette 4
SIDE_REGI_M_A*
SIDE_REGI_M_B*
Cassette 4 Vertical 4
SIDE_REGI_M_A
SIDE_REGI_M_B
J340T 1 2 3 J338T 1 2 3 SL J336T 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
open/closed J330T
DUPF_M_Vcc
paper sensor clutch pickup clutch
DUPI_M_Vcc
DUPI_M_Vcc
DUPF_M_A*
DUPF_M_B*
DUPI_M_A*
DUPI_M_B*
DUPF_M_A
DUPF_M_B
sensor
DUPI_M_A
DUPI_M_B
CL19-ON
CL16-ON
CL17-ON
SL11-ON
PS44 CL15 CL14
PS12S
PS13S
PS15S
PS18S
PS26S
PS14S
PS45
24V
24V
24V
24V
J309 1 2 3
CL CL
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
1 2 3 J311
N.C.
Cassette 4
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
2 1
9
8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
J313L 2 1 2 1
J307L J306L
J313H
J313D 1 2 pickup sensor J307H
1 2
J306H
1 2
J307D J306D
PS42 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1
J3606 J3605 J3604
2 1
1 2 3 J310 No-stacking feeder driver PCB B18 A18
J365L
J3602
J365H J3601 J3603
J365D 1 2
B12 A12
1 2 3 4
10
11
12
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
N.C.
24V
0V
0V
5V
J305
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
J305DB J305DA
10
11
12
10
11
12
24VH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SREG1-HOLD 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
N.C.
0V
0V
5V
CL15-ON
CL14-ON
SL10-ON
12
11
10
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
DUPF-OFF
PS46S
PS45S
PS42S
PS44S
PS43S
DUPI-OFF
DUP-CNN
SREG1-B
SREG1-A
1
2
3
4
CL11-ON
CL16-ON
CL17-ON
CL18-ON
DUPF-B
DUPF-A
24V
24V
24V
DUPI-B
DUPI-A
PS18S
PS26S
PS15S
PS14S
PS13S
PS12S
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
N.C.
0V
0V
0V
0V
B12 A12 4
11
10
9
8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
12
11
10
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
B12 A12
B11 A11 J519
J517
J518 DC controller PCB
A10 B10 J520 J521 J522 J523 J524
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CCX-CNT
POTENTIAL__SENSOR
PTR2N
PTR1N
RDPN
RCPN
CL5N
24VU
N.C.
RxD
TxD
0V
5V
0V
0V
0V
5V
0V
10
10
SRxD
STxD
RES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
9
HD2
RxD
TxD
0V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
N.C.
CL11-ON
SL8-ON
PS31S
PS32S
PS25S
PS33S
PS34S
24VU
24VU
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
0V
5V
N.C.
J314DA 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J314DB
For RS-232C For downloading
J314H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
J314LA J314LB
N.C.
PS25
3 2 1
Deck (left) 2 1 J320D 2 1 J321D
J316 J320H J321H
pickup 1 2 J320L 1 2 J321L
PS32
sensor 3 2 1 J319
Deck (left)
PS34
paper sensor
3 2 1 J318 3 2 1
Deck (left)
J315 CL SL
limit sensor
PS31 PS33 CL11 SL8
Deck (left) Deck (left) Deck (left) Deck (left)
lifter sensor open/closed sensor pickup clutch pickup solenoid
A-14 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
50 GND 1 40 GND 40
49 AN6 2 39 AN6 39
48 AN4 3 38 AN4 38
47 AN2 4 37 ROOM_HUM(AN2) 37
46 AN0 5 36 FUSER_TEMP(AN0) 36
45 GND 6 35 GND 35
J1105
6 VEVEN<5> 6 34 BRAOUTA<0> 17 22 IS DPRAM INT* 29 12 GND 12
J1501
1:15V 5:5V
7 VEVEN<4> 7 33 BRAOUTA<1> 18 21 CSB0* 30 11 MDBUS<1> 11
3:8V 7:3.3V
4:GND 8:GND
2:GND 6:GND
8 GND 8 32 BRAOUTA<2> 19 20 MHWR* 31 10 MDBUS<3> 10
50
50
9 VEVEN<3> 9 31 BRAOUTA<3> 20 19 CS68*(MMI DPRAM CS*) 32 9 GND 9
10 VEVEN<2> 10 30 BRAOUTA<4> 21 18 GND 33 8 MDBUS<5> 8
11 GND 11 29 BRAOUTA<5> 22 17 MABUS<0> 34 7 MDBUS<7> 7
J1
12 VEVEN<1> 12 28 BRAOUTA<6> 23 16 MABUS<2> 35 6 MDBUS<9> 6
J1502
13 VEVEN<0> 13 27 BRAOUTA<7> 24 15 MABUS<4> 36 5 GND 5
50
50
J1112
14 GND 14 26 GND 25 14 MABUS<6> 37 4 MDBUS<11> 4
15 SGND 15 25 GND 26 13 MABUS<8> 38 3 MDBUS<13> 3
16 GND 16 24 GND 27 12 MABUS<10> 39 2 MDBUS<15> 2
17 VODD<7> 17 23 BDBUS<8> 28 11 GND 40 1 CCDRSYNC* 1
18 VODD<6> 18 22 BDBUS<9> 29 10 MDBUS<1> 41
A40
B40
A40
50
27 VODD<0> 27 13 DOC BUSY 38 1 GND 50 35 GND 35
J1113
CCD PCB
J1102
J1402
B50
B50
J2 2P
37 GND 37 3 BRAOUTB<6> 48 6 GND 45 25 MCS44* 25
38 DALDR 38 2 BRAOUTB<7> 49 7 MDBUS<6> 44 24 MRESET* 24
1:3.3V 2:GND
39 DADATAR 39 1 GND 50 8 MDBUS<4> 43 23 MHWR* 23
40 CCD KILL 40 9 MDBUS<2> 42 22 GND 22
41 GND 41 10 MDBUS<0> 41 21 DACLK2 21
42 PAPER_LENGTH 42 11 GND 40 20 DALD2* 20
1 GND 1
43 PAPER_WIDTH 43 12 MABUS<9> 39 19 DADATA1 19
2 SGND 2
44 GND 44 13 MABUS<7> 38 18 MABUS<0> 18
3 GND 3
45 ABC_ON 45 14 MABUS<5> 37 17 MABUS<2> 17
4 VIDEO<0>-B+ 4
46 NWR_LD 46 15 MABUS<3> 36 16 GND 16
5 VIDEO<0>-B- 5
47 A6_DIN 47 16 MABUS<1> 35 15 MABUS<4> 15
6 GND 6
48 A5_DCK 48 17 GND 34 14 MABUS<6> 14
7 VIDEO<1>-B+ 7
49 GND 49 18 CSD0* IS DPRAM CS* 33 13 MABUS<8> 13
8 VIDEO<1>-B- 8
50 50 19 MRD* 32 12 GND 12
9 GND 9
20 MLWR* 31 11 MDBUS<0> 11
10 VIDEO<2>-B+ 10
21 MMI DPRAM INT 30 10 MDBUS<2> 10
11 VIDEO<2>-B- 11
22 MMI POWER UP 29 9 GND 9
12 GND 12
23 MF CEN* 28 8 MDBUS<4> 8
13 SGND 13
24 IS POWER IN 27 7 MDBUS<6> 7
14 GND 14
Image processor PCB
25 GND 26 6 MDBUS<8> 6
15 VUDEO<3>-B+ 15
26 BOOT RDY 25 5 GND 5
16 VIDEO<3>-B- 16
27 HDDREO 24 4 MDBUS<10> 4
17 GND 17
28 HDDBWR* 23 3 MDBUS<12> 3
18 SCLK-B+ 18
29 GND 22 2 MDBUS<14> 2
19 SCLK-B- 19
30 CSC0* DCON DPRAM CS* 21 1 DUP_INV_START 1
20 GND 20
31 MCS40* 20
21 GND 21
32 MCS44* 19
22 SCLK-A+ 22 5V
33 MCS48* 18
23 SCLK-A- 23 GND
34 GND 17
24 GND 24 GND
40
40
35 REG_ON 16
J354
KRTN2
J1106
J1353
25 VIDEO<0>-A+ 25 12V
11
1 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
36 RITOP 15
J1405
26 VIDEO<0>-A- 26
KRTN1 37 SLAVE DPRAM INT 14
27 GND 27
J1010
J1015
2
10
38 MAIN MOTOR FG 13
28 SGND 28
KRTN0 39 DUP MOTOR FG 12
29 GND 29
9
3
40 DADATA1 11
30 VIDEO<1>-A+ 30
41 GND 10
MFC PCB
KDGT7 31 VIDEO<1>-A- 31
8
4
42 CCDRSYNC* 9
32 GND 32
KDGT6 43 GND 8
33 VIDEO<2>-A+ 33
7
5
44 N.C. 7
34 VIDEO<2>-A- 34
1
3
KDGT5 45 GND 6 1 GND 40
35 GND 35
6
6
VLCD 46 AN1 5 2 N.C. 39
J1019
J1012
36 VIDEO<3>-A+ 36
2
2
KDGT4 47 AN3 4 3 CSHD1* 38
37 VIDEO<3>-A- 37
5
7
VEE 48 AN5 3 4 CSHD0* 37
38 GND 38
3
1
KDGT3 49 AN7 2 5 DA2 36
39 SGND 39
4
8
50 GND 1 6 DA0 35
40 GND 40
Contrast volume
KDGT2 7 N.C. 34
9
3
40 GND 1 8 DA1 33
KDGT1 39 SCAN VEN+ 2 9 IOCS16* 32
Image server (HD)
2
10
1
11
7
1
J1009
J1014
6
2
J1354
LRTN2
1
2
5
3
J1018
J1013
2
1
4
4
12 DO 12 27 GND 14 21 N.C. 20
40
J355
2
6
20
20
20
LCD
D3 GND 23 LD-OFF-A 23 16 CDATA<10> 25 32 DATA4 9
2
2
2
19
19
19
J1004
D1 LCDD3
3
3
3
18
18
18
17
17
17
5V LCDD1
5
5
5
16
16
16
15
15
15
7 GND 34
Control panel CPU PCB
YD
DF LCDCP 6 CDATA<15> 35
7
7
7
14
14
14
LCD panel
4
1
4
1
4 CDARTADIR 37
Touch panel
LCDLP
8
8
8
13
13
13
3 CONNECT 38 1 GND 20
LEFT RD
J1114
2
3
2
3
2
12
12
12
1 GND 40 3 GND 18
RIGHT
B40
B40
PC I/F
TD
J1002
J359H
J353H
4
2
3
2
3
UPPER LCDDF D7 17
J1103
J1403
4 3 2 1
10
11
10
11
10
11
40 GND 1 5 GND 16
5V
6
1
4
1
4
11
10
11
10
11
10
N.C.
J0024H
9
9
9
12
12
12
J359D
J353D
35 SCAN IMGEN- 6 10 D4 11
N.C.
8
8
8
BLON*
13
13
13
33 SCAN HSYNCN+ 8 12 D3 9
LCDEN
J956
J955
BDIN(BK)
7
7
7
5V
14
14
14
13
1
5
2 1
2
1
31 GND 10 14 D2 7
J3701
GND GND
J1108
6
6
6
15
15
15
15
2
4
PNLRESE 5V
5
5
5
16
16
16
17
3
3
28 GND 13 GND 4 1 20 1 20
27 SCAN VIDEO1- 14 18 D0 3
BLON GND
4
4
4
J1006
17
17
17
19
4
2
25 GND 16 20 STB 1 20 1 20 1
GND
System motherboard
-5V
3
3
3
18
18
18
5
1
24 SCAN VIDEO0- 17
PNLRxD* 23 SCAN VIDEO0+ 18
A20
A20
A20
A20
A20
J361
A20
2
2
2
19
19
19
22 GND 19
J1006
BD detection PCB
1
1
1
20
20
20
20 PDL VEN- 21
19 PDL ITOP+ 22 1 BUSY* 20 1 20 1 20
J1008
4
J360D
J0024L
B20 J356D
B20 J358D
J0024D
15 GND 26 5 SELECT* 16
TRST*
Downloading PCB
6
6
8
5
11 PDL HSYNCN- 30 9 5V 12
TDI
10
4
10 GND 31 GND 11
9 PDL CLK+ 32 11 AUTFD 10
TMS
JTAG I/F
J1452
12
3
7 GND 34 13 INIT 8
FOR PDL
Shielding wire
Shielding wire
TCK
14
2
4 GND 37 GND 5
3 PDL VIDEO0- 38 17 CMODESK 4
18
7:N.C.
20 N.C. 1
J1451
5:12V 6:GND
3:5.0V 4:GND
1:3.3V 2:GND
FOR SYSTEM
12V
1
PCO1 GND
1
5
1
5
1
5
2
J1410
GND RD
2
4
2
4
2
4
FAN I/F
3
TD
3
3
3
3
3
3
J351H
5V
J352H
J357H
J1456
4
2
4
2
4
2
J1454
1
5
1
5
1
RS232C I/F
J1453
J1401
J351D
J357D
J352D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
12V
12V
12V
RD*
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
3.3V
3.3V
3.3V
3.3V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
LWE*
HWR*
BUSY*
CSA80*
RESET*
MIXINT*
SPRDY*
CSACO*
MPRDY*
PDL CLK
MAXINT*
WAKEUP
ABUS<1>
ABUS<3>
ABUS<6>
ABUS<4>
ABUS<7>
ABUS<9>
ABUS<2>
ABUS<5>
ABUS<8>
DBUS<0>
DBUS<3>
DBUS<7>
DBUS<9>
DBUS<1>
DBUS<4>
DBUS<5>
DBUS<2>
DBUS<5>
DBUS<8>
ABUS<10>
ABUS<12>
SCAN CLK
DBUS<12>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
10
11
DBUS<10> 12
DBUS<13> 13
DBUS<15> 14
15
16
17
18
19
ABUS<13> 20
21
SCAN VIDEO0 22
SCAN VSYNC* 23
24
PDL VIDEO0 25
PDL VSYNC* 26
27
28
29
30
31
32
10
11
DBUS<11> 12
DBUS<14> 13
14
15
16
17
18
ABUS<11> 19
ABUS<14> 20
21
SCAN VIDEO1 22
SCAN HSYNC* 23
VIDEO1RDY* 24
PDL VIDEO1 25
PDL HSYNC* 26
PDL VIDEOEN* 27
28
29
30
31
32
Printer PCB
(accessory)
A-15
APPENDIX
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-17
APPENDIX
*Rank:
A: Each service person is expected to carry one.
B: Each five or so service persons is expected to carry one.
C: Each workshop is expected to carry one.
A-18 COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
APPENDIX
E. SOLVENTS/OILS
No. Name Uses Composition Remarks
1 Alcohol Cleaning; Hydrocarbon of • Do not bring near fire.
e.g., glass, plastic, the fluorine • Procure locally.
rubber (external family, alcohol, • IPA (isopropyl alcohol)
covers) surface activating
agent, water
2 Solvent Cleaning; Hydrocarbon of • Do not bring near fire.
e.g., metal areas; fluorine family, • Procure locally.
removing oil or hydrocarbon of
toner. chlorine family,
alcohol
3 Heat-resisting Lubricating; Lithium soap of • CK-0427 (500 g/can)
grease e.g., fixing drive mineral family,
parts. molybdenum
disulfide
4 Lubricant Mineral oil • CK-0524 (100 cc)
(paraffin family)
5 Lubricant Lubricating; Silicone oil • CK-0551 (20 g)
e.g., friction parts.
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) A-19
Prepared by
Office Imaging Products Technical Support Department 3
Office Imaging Products Technical Support Division
CANON INC
Printed in Japan
COPYRIGHT © 1999 CANON INC. CANON GP605/GP605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
The Publication is printed on
70%reprocessed paper.
COPYRIGHT
PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME © 1999 CANON INC.
AU JAPON) CANON0199M1.71-1
GP605/GP605V REV.0 JAN. 1999 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)